BULLETIN NO. DESCRIPTION OF BULLETIN BULLETIN DATE
CYLINDERS: C15 .......Revised Seal Material and Life Rating ................................................................................................................................................ 1-27-05 C16 .......Discontinuing Series CMx Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinders .................................................................................................. 12-9-14
ROTARY ACTUATORS: R7 .........Series RI Dimension Corrections ........................................................................................................................................................ 12-5-01 R8 .........Rotary Actuator Shock Absorber Upgrade .......................................................................................................................................... 8-19-04 R9 .........Series RA Shock Absorber Dimension and Load Changes ................................................................................................................11-18-04 R10 .......Series RFS Application Unit Orientation Recommendation/Warning .................................................................................................. 2-20-12
MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS: M5 ........Discontinuing Series MCS Multi-Motion Actuators .............................................................................................................................. 6-30-15
SLIDES: SL32 .....Design Change to Series SGxM Slides ................................................................................................................................................. 3-5-02 SL33 .....Revised SHP Slide Selection Data ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-15-02 SL34 .....Design Change to the Series SG Slide ................................................................................................................................................11-1-02 SL35 .....Series SM Slide Accessories Page Missing from CAT06 .................................................................................................................... 2-27-06 SL36 .....Shock Absorber Availability on Classic Slides ....................................................................................................................................... 5-4-10 SL37 .....Design Change to Metric Series SG Slides (9) ..................................................................................................................................11-30-12 SL38 .....Discontinuing Series SJP Slides ........................................................................................................................................................... 5-2-14
GRIPPERS: G14.......Part Ejector/Spring Assist Added to Series GRTx1 ............................................................................................................................... 6-9-00 G15.......Design Change to Series GRB .......................................................................................................................................................... 10-15-02 G16.......Series GRB Gripper Corrected Engineering Data ............................................................................................................................... 2-14-03 G17.......New Switch Kit Numbers for Series GRS/GRF Grippers ...................................................................................................................... 5-5-05 G18.......Higher Grip Forces for GRK Grippers ................................................................................................................................................... 7-1-09 G19.......New -STT99 Coupled Jaw Position Sensor Option ............................................................................................................................. 6-25-12 G20.......Discontinuing Series 8400 Parallel Grippers ......................................................................................................................................... 5-2-14 G21.......Discontinuing Series EGP Electromechanical Grippers ...................................................................................................................... 12-9-14
SWITCHES AND SENSORS: SW18....63549-xx Cordsets ................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-9-00 SW19....Incorrect Wiring Schematic Label ........................................................................................................................................................ 2-24-03 SW20....Metal Proximity Switch Mounting Brackets For Use With Series 1750 Switches .................................................................................. 6-4-03 SW21....Legacy Switches and Cordsets ........................................................................................................................................................... 6-25-12 SW22....Legacy Large Bore Switch Brackets ................................................................................................................................................... 8-21-12 SW23 ...Phase Out of 13109-02-6 3 Amp Reed Switch .................................................................................................................................... 3-27-15 SW24 ...Environmental Protection JC1STP Switch .......................................................................................................................................... 3-21-16 SW25....Discontinuing Series 5142 Switch Brackets .........................................................................................................................................7-11-16 SW26....Discontinuing Series 15561-xxx 12 mm Threaded DC Inductive Proximity Switch ............................................................................. 7-19-17
COMMON/UNIVERSAL: C/U15 ...Seal Specification Change .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-20-01 C/U16 ...Hydraulic Pressure Rating Change on Series 5000 & 6000 Multi-Motion & Rotary Actuators ............................................................ 6-19-03 C/U17 ...Catalog 2005 Updates ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-25-05
PPC: PPC1 ....Fixed Orifice for Series BCZ Nozzle Cylinders ...................................................................................................................................11-18-04 PPC2 ....Preform Eject Slide Valve Connector Rewiring ..................................................................................................................................... 3-9-05 PPC3 ....Rod Bushing Movement ........................................................................................................................................................................ 5-5-05 PPC4 ....Design Change on BCZ Nozzle Cylinders ............................................................................................................................................ 7-7-05 PPC5 ....Rod Seal Leakage - Alps Leak Test Cylinder .................................................................................................................................... 10-25-05 PPC6 ....Design 7 Change on BCZ Nozzle Cylinders ......................................................................................................................................... 1-4-06 PPC7 ....BCS25 and BCS26 Check Valve Failure ............................................................................................................................................... 1-5-06 PPC8 ....Maintenance Instructions for Series1 Blow Nozzle Cylinders ..............................................................................................................11-3-06 PPC9 ....New Option -X26 Replaces Old Option -X23 ...................................................................................................................................... 10-4-07 PPC10 ..New Molded Yellow Seal on -X27 Replaces Old Seal ......................................................................................................................... 1-12-15 PPC11 ..Discontinuing Series FCA Filler Cylinder ..............................................................................................................................................7-11-16 PPC12 ..BST2x2-5 Cam Bearing Wheel Replacement .................................................................................................................................... 9-26-17 PPC13 ..Discontinuing Design 7 of BCZ2 Sidel Series2 Nozzle Cylinders and Kits .................................................................................11-1-17
CLAMPS: CL1 .......Series PLM Switch Cable Connection Direction ................................................................................................................................. 4-18-06 CL2 .......New Series PLK Design Replaces Design 1 and 5 ............................................................................................................................. 7-19-17
PHD PLUS®: PHDP1 .Series ECV, ESK/ESL, ESG Engineering Data, Life Charts, and Equations .....................................................................................12-21-11
PHD Optimax®: OPT1 ....Series OCG Cylinder Switch Bracket Change .................................................................................................................................... 4-25-16
ACTIVE INDEXPHD TECHNICAL DATA BULLETINS INDEX ISSUE DATE: 11-1-17
Note: Titles shown in bold type are the newest Technical Data Bulletins.
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C1
DATE: 4-1-91 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: HV, 3/4", 1", 1-1/8"
SAE ports are now available on 3/4" 1", and 1-1/8" bore Tom Thumb 'HV' Series Cylinders as astandard option. The new option letter is -Y. In order to incorporate an SAE port, it was necessary toutilize a brazed-on adaptor on the head and cap. The drawing below shows the adaptor dimensionsand port size.
The SAE port option -Y has the following limitations:•Not available on cylinders with 'F' mounting style.•Not available with Port Position 3 on a unit with 'B' mounting style.•Not available on a 3/4" bore with either 'T' or 'L' mount with oversized rod.
Catalog '91 contains this option.Price adder for SAE ports on 3/4", 1", 1-1/8" bore 'HV' Cylinders is $25.00
SAE ports are available on other PHD products. Consult the factory for specific sizes and pricing.
REQUIRED ACTION:As the demand increases for SAE ports, make sure your customers are aware of PHD's continuingeffort to supply cylinders and actuators with SAE ports to meet their requirements.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
1
4
2
3
.650
.625 DIA.
7/16-20 S.A.E. PORT THREAD2 PLACES
.132
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C2
DATE: 4-24-91 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: A, AV, HV (MEDIUM DUTY)
The inside diameters of cushion blocks will be opened up to eliminate the possibility of interferencebetween the spud diameter and the thru hole of the cushion block. You may have noticed this if alarge load was put on the rod and then cycled with cushions, a clanking noise may be heard or ashake of the rod may be seen, usually on the cap end.
The drawings for all blocks have been changed and any new blocks will be changed. Estimated timeof complete changeover will be in July of 1991.
PISTON CUSHION "SPUD"
If any of your customers have experienced the above mentioned problem, make them aware of theimproved design.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C3
DATE: 5-2-91 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: A, AV
An improved cushion design is now being used on the 3/4", 1", and 1-1/8" bore Series A and AVCylinders. The improvements include:
• Elimination of the traditional ball check with the checking device built into the cushion needle.(See illustration)
• The thread on the adjusting needle has been changed from 40 to 72 threads per inch.
• The shape of the needle has been redesigned.
The result is a much more consistent and reliable cushion which now has an adjustment range atminimum 2 times greater than our original cushion.
There is no additional charge for this new and improved design. All units shipped after May 1, 1991will contain this new design.
All Repair Kits will come with parts to rebuild both the old style and new design cushions. Aninstruction card will indicate which parts the customer should use to rebuild his specific unit.
Inform your customers of this new design and use the above information to sell them on thebenefits.
NEEDLE CHECK SEAL
FREE FLOW THROUGHCENTER HOLE AND
CROSS DRILLED ORIFICE
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C4
DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: TOM THUMB MEDIUM AND
HEAVY DUTY CYLINDERS
None required.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Two Wrench Flats on -I Female Rod EndCatalog 91 indicates that all PHD Cylinder rod ends are manufactured with four wrench flats. Wehave found that this design does not work well with the -I style four female rod end due to materialthickness and rod strength. For this reason all cylinders with the -I option will have only two wrenchflats. This change will be reflected in future catalogs.
TWO WRENCH FLATS FOUR WRENCH FLATS
-I FEMALEROD END
ALL OTHERCYLINDER ROD ENDS
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C5
DATE: 6-11-93 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: COMPACT OVAL
Inform all your Compact Oval Cylinder customers of this material change.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Compact Oval Rod Material ChangeStarting August 1, 1993, the standard rod material for all Compact Oval Cylinders will be 303stainless steel in place of the original chrome plated steel rod material. This change provides acorrosion resistant shaft on this aluminum bodied cylinder.
After August 1, customers requiring the original chrome plated steel must specify Option -R2.
Compact Oval CylinderStainless Steel RodEffective August 1, 1993
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C6
DATE: 7-16-93 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: COMPACT OVAL
None
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Compact Oval Rod MaterialUntil further notice, compact oval rod material will remain chrome plated steel. This TechnicalBulletin supersedes Bulletin C5 dated 6-11-93.
PHD will continue testing to evaluate the best materials and processes to provide our customers withthe highest value in cylinders and actuators.
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C7
DATE: 8-16-93 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: A, AV
None
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
“F” Mount Bracket Used With Stroke Adjustment
Tom Thumb 3/4", 1", and 1-1/8" bore A & AV Series Cylinders are now available with “F” (MS8)mounting and stroke adjustment as a standard product. In the past, these were handled as acustom product, because of the interference between the stroke adjustment screw and thetraditional mounting hole or “F Tab” on the cap.
The standard configuration will now incorporate an “F Bracket”, which is now being used on doublerod end cylinders with “F” (MS8) mounting. Unless otherwise specified, this will be the standardconfiguration anytime an “F” Mount is specified with stroke adjustment (-A).
“F” MOUNTINGBRACKET FROMDOUBLE ROD END CYLINDER
STROKE ADJUSTMENTSCREW
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C8
DATE: 8-16-93 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDER ROD COUPLERSPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: 19200 ROD COUPLERS
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Cylinder Rod Coupler ConversionPHD no longer offers the series 19200 Rod Couplers. Listed below is a cross reference to assist inconverting these couplers to other PHD Rod Couplers or to TRD brand couplers:
DISCONTINUED AVAILABLETHD SIZE PHD PN# STD PHD PT# TRD PN#
1/4-28 19200-01 250* AC-2505/16-24 19200-02 312* AC-3123/8-24 19200-03 375* AC-3753/8-16 19200-04 AC-375-C
7/16-20 19200-05 437* AC-4371/2-20 19200-06 500* AC-5001/2-13 19200-07 AC-500-C5/8-18 19200-08 625* AC-6253/4-16 19200-09 750* AC-7503/4-10 19200-10 AC-750-C7/8-14 19200-11 AC-8751-14 19200-12 AC-10001-8 19200-13 AC-1000-C
1-1/4-12 19200-14 AC-12501-3/8-12 19200-15 AC-13751-1/2-15 19200-16 AC-15001-3/4-12 19200-17 AC-1250
*These PHD Couplers contain the same thread size but are not dimensionally interchangeable. SeePage 2 of this Technical Data Bulletin for a dimensional comparison.
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C8
DATE: 8-16-93 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDER ROD COUPLERSPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: 19200 ROD COUPLERS
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:Use this information to convert Series 19200 Couplers to other coupler models.
Standard PHD Couplers (Still Available)
Series 19200 Couplers (Discontinued)
Dimensional Comparison
Shaded dimensions indicate dimensional differences between models.
1° ANGULAR COMPENSATION
.032 LATERAL COMPENSATION
F DIA
A INTERNAL THREADx E DEEP A THREAD
CL
B
DC
G
F DIA
A INTERNAL THREADx E DEEP A THREAD
CL
B
DC
G
2° ANGULAR COMPENSATION
.032 LATERAL COMPENSATION
B1.0001.0001.0001.5001.5001.5001.812
C.625.625.625.750.750.7501.125
D1.8751.8751.8752.7502.7502.7503.438
E.625.625.625.750.750.7501.125
F.875.875.8751.2501.2501.2501.750
G.156.187.219.250.312.375.421
A1/4-285/16-243/8-247/16-201/2-205/8-183/4-16
B1.0001.0001.0001.1251.1251.7501.750
C.625.625.625.750.7501.1251.125
D1.8751.8751.8752.1872.1873.3123.312
E.500.500.500.500.500.812.812
F.875.875.8751.0001.0001.5621.562
G.156.187.219.250.312.375.421
A1/4-285/16-243/8-247/16-201/2-205/8-183/4-16
MODELNO.
19200-0119200-0219200-0319200-0519200-0619200-0819200-09
MODELNO.
250312375437500625750
LETTER DIMENSION
LETTER DIMENSION
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION: NONE.
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C9
DATE: 9-1-95 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: AV,HV,A
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
NEW SPRING RETURN SPRING RATES ON MEDIUM DUTY CYLINDERSThe published spring rates for option "SR" Spring Return and option "SC" Spring Extend havechanged to more truly reflect the performance characteristics of the cylinders. The spring rates for0"-3" stroke range remain unchanged at a 4 lb. preload and a 7 lb./in. spring rate. Cylinders with a3 1/4" -6" stroke range now have a cataloged 2 lb. preload and a 3 1/2 lb./in. spring rate. This changewill be reflected in PHD's new catalog 96.
SPRING RATESSTROKE0" - 3"
3 1/4" - 6"
RATE7 lbs./in.
3 1/2 lbs./in.
PRELOAD4 lbs.2 lbs.
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C10
DATE: 12-8-95 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 3/4", 1", 1-1/8" AV, HV, A
None.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Modifications To Eye Brackets and Clevis BracketsPHD is removing the mounting screw counterbores on all eye brackets and clevis brackets for use on3/4", 1", 1-1/8" bore Tom Thumb Medium Duty Cylinders. This change will have NO effect on themounting dimensions, required hardware, or mounting attachment performance. The “mountingflange” portion of these attachments has been redesigned and narrowed by the depth of the previouscounterbores. This change is being made to improve the quality and appearance of these mountingattachments. These modified parts will be phased in as existing inventory runs out.
BORESIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
3/41 &
1-1/8
A,AV,HVA
AV,HV
CYLSERIES
PARTNO.
1077-011077-021077-03
AB.750
1.0001.000
CB2.48.373.373
CD.250.250.375
DD#6
#10#10
E1.0001.3751.375
BORESIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
A,AV,HVA
AV,HV
CYLSERIES
KITNO.
129011290212903
AB.750
1.0001.000
CB.254.379.379
CC.750.875.875
CD.250.250.375
CD1.250.375.375
3/41 &
1-1/8
DD#6
#10#10
E1.0001.3751.375
FL1.1871.2501.250
L.500.531.531
CB.312.937
EYE BRACKET
CLEVIS BRACKET - PIN INCLUDED
.577
.750 DIA.
THRU HOLE FOR DDSHCS 4 PLACES
ABSQ.
ESQ.
ESQ.CC DIA
THRU HOLE FOR DDSHCS 4 PLACES
ABSQ.
CB
.360
LCD1FL
CD DIA. THRU
CD DIA. THRU
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C11
DATE: 2-9-96 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: H3V (Hydraulic 3-position)
Inform customers as necessary.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Proper Valving CriticalPHD has identified a potential problem concerning improper valving of Series H3V Cylinders in thefield. If not valved properly, extreme pressure intensification can occur in cylinder #1. Pressures of5000 psi can be created causing catastrophic cylinder failure. PHD has added a caution statement inCatalog 96 and will be including a product packer addressing this issue on future orders.
OIL OIL
CYLINDER #1 CYLINDER #2
2) Center port must be open totank. If blocked, cylinder #1becomes an intensifier.
1) Rear port being pressurized.
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C12
DATE: 12-30-96 PRODUCT TYPE: RODLESS CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES CE
Inform customers who are users of the affected models.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Series CE Kinetic Energy RevisionsFollowing is revised data concerning the shock absorber specification chart found on page 15 ofcatalog CE01 and kinetic energy graphs on page 14. In both cases, the changes affect only the 25and 32 mm bore size units. Highlighted (shaded) areas denote changes.
PHDSHOCK
ABSORBERKIT NUMBER*
61088-02-00-xx
61088-03-00-xx
61088-04-00-xx
BORE[mm]
253240506380
THREADTYPE
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATION CHART
*For 25 & 32 mm bore units, see Graph 1 on page 16; for 40 & 50 mm, see Graph 2; for 63 & 80 mm, see Graph 3.
SSTROKEin
.88
1.00
1.56
mm
22.4
25.4
39.6
SHOCKABSORBER
WEIGHTlb
.44
.62
1.00
kg
.20
.28
.45
ET
TOTALENERGY/CYCLE
in-lb60112190310620885
Nm6.812.721.535.070.0100.0
in-lb
475000
622000
670000
Nm
53700
70000
75700
ETCTOTAL
ENERGY/HOUR
FD
PROPELLINGFORCE
lb
200
350
500
N
890
1550
2224
00
00
25 mm 32 mm
EFFECTIVE MOVING WEIGHT lb [kg]
VELO
CITY
ft/s
ec [m
/sec
]
VELO
CITY
ft/s
ec [m
/sec
]
EFFECTIVE MOVING WEIGHT lb [kg]
.5[.15]
2.0[.61]
.5[.15]
1.0[.30]
3.0[.91]
2.5[.76]
1.5[.46]
30[13.61]
20[9.07]
10[4.54]
50[22.68]
40[18.14]
60[27.22]
1.0[.30]
60[27.22]
20[9.07]
40[18.14]
80[36.29]
100[45.36]
MAXIMUM KINETIC ENERGY GRAPHS
30[13.61]
10[4.54]
50[22.68]
70[31.75]
90[40.82]
2.5[.76]
2.0[.61]
1.5[.46]
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C13
DATE: 8-18-97 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES CT
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Make sure fastener kits ordered are correct dependent on date the cylinder was manufactured.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
CT Cylinder Fastener Kit Modification
Due to PHD’s supplier ceasing production, effective 8/4/97 PHD has changed the length of thefastener which secures the tool plate to the piston rod on Series CTS and CTD 50 and 63 mm borecompact cylinders. To accommodate the longer fastener, the piston rod tap drill depths have beenmodified to a deeper thread. A new fastener kit no. (see below) has been created and should beordered for units built after 8/4/97. Inventory of the old fastener kits will remain available and must beordered for units built prior to 8/4/97.
QTY PART DESCRIPTION1* Seal Kit, All1* Repair Kit Std
-BB1 Fastener Kit
QTY PART DESCRIPTION1* Seal Kit, All1* Repair Kit Std
-BB1 Fastener Kit
60427-01-x60428-01-1-x60428-01-2-x60429-01-1
12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 40 mm 50 mm 63 mm60427-03-x
60428-03-1-x60428-03-2-x60429-02-1
60427-05-x60428-05-1-x60428-05-2-x60429-03-1
60427-07-x60428-07-1-x60428-07-2-x60429-04-1
60427-09-x60428-09-1-x60428-09-2-x60429-05-1
60427-11-x60428-11-1-x60428-11-2-x60429-06-1
60427-13-x60428-13-1-x60428-13-2-x60429-07-160429-09-1
CHART 1 - CTS CYLINDER (SINGLE ROD)
60427-02-x60428-02-1-x60428-02-2-x60429-01-1
60427-04-x60428-04-1-x60428-04-2-x60429-02-1
60427-06-x60428-06-1-x60428-06-2-x60429-03-1
60427-08-x60428-08-1-x60428-08-2-x60429-04-1
60427-10-x60428-10-1-x60428-10-2-x60429-05-1
60427-12-x60428-12-1-x60428-12-2-x60429-06-1
60427-14-x60428-14-1-x60428-14-2-x60429-07-160429-09-1
60427-16-x60428-16-1-x60428-16-2-x60429-08-160429-10-1
CHART 2 - CTD CYLINDER (DOUBLE ROD)12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 40 mm 50 mm 63 mm
60427-15-x60428-15-1-x60428-15-2-x60429-08-160429-10-1New kit # for units built after 8/4/97
New kit # for units built after 8/4/97
Fastener screw has been changedfrom a M10 x 1.5 x 16 mm to a
M10 x 1.5 x 20 mm on all 50 and63 mm bore units built after 8/4/97.
FILE UNDER CYLINDERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C14
DATE: 7/10/98 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES CV
Note this correction in your catalog and inform potential uses of the 80 mm size Rodlok option.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
RODLOKTM Holding Force
The static locking force shown on page 9 of catalog CV01 (ISO Cylinders) for the 80 mm boresize has been revised. The correct force is indicated below in the outlined area of the table.
STATIC LOCKING FORCEBORE[mm]
3240506380100
lb1352253374956741124
[N]60010001500220030005000
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C15
DATE: 1-27-05 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: CRS
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Inform your customers of these changes and the superior life rating.
REVISED SEAL MATERIAL AND LIFE RATING
The following information has been revised in Catalog 2005 in regards to the New Generation Series CRS Cylinder design:
1. PHD has upgraded the piston seal material used on the New Generation Series CRS Cylinder to a self lubricating nitrile compound.
Below is the revised cutaway graphic, which replaces the one on page 1-3 of Catalog 2005. The shaded area reflects the seal material change.
2. As a result of enhanced seal material and confirmed unit life testing for the New Generation Series CRS Cylinder, PHD has increased the cylinder'spublished life rating to 70 million linear inches of travel.
Below is the revised specification chart, which replaces the one on page 1-5 of Catalog 2005. The shaded area shows changes from the old specification.
stainless steel bore plug
optional shock pads add nolength to cylinder, extend cylinder
life, and minimize noise atend of piston travel
clear anodized extrudedbody enables flushmounting of Series 6790Switches on up to threesides of cylinder
thru and threaded holesfor easy cylinder mounting
compact design is ideal forapplications requiring powerin a small package
self-lubricating nitrile piston sealprovides long life and supports
piston to help reduce rod free play
aluminum bushings with PTFE filled hardcoatprovide maximum wear resistance for long life
hard chrome-platedsteel piston rodprovides maximum wearresistance for long life
SPECIFICATIONSOPERATING PRESSURESTROKE TOLERANCETEMPERATURE LIMITSVELOCITYLIFE EXPECTANCY
LUBRICATIONMAINTENANCE
SERIES CRS10 psi min to 150 psi max at zero load [0.7 bar min to 10 bar max] air
± 0.031 inch [± 0.8 mm]-20° to + 180°F [-28° to + 82°C]
20 in/sec [.5 m/sec] typical min, zero load at 100 psi [7 bar]70 million linear inches [1.77 million linear meters] minimum at operating temperatures under 120°F [49°C]
(-V1 & -Z1 options may reduce life)Pre-lubricated for use with non-lubricated or lubricated air
Field repairable
FILE UNDER ESCAPEMENTS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: E1
DATE: 4-3-91 PRODUCT TYPE: ESCAPEMENTPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES Z
The fastener (item 7) securing the piston and rod has been changed. Originally, a special buttonhead was used. It has been replaced with a stainless steel socket head cap screw. This changereduced costs and improved fatigue life. It became effective 1-1-89.
None.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
11
12
13
1 3
754
8
6
910
2
ROD WITHSWITCH MAGNET
FILE UNDER ESCAPEMENTS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: E2
DATE: 10-1-91 PRODUCT TYPE: ESCAPEMENTSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES Z, WITH STROKE ADJUSTMENT
None required.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Series Z Escapements have a new stroke adjustment seal design effective October 1, 1991. Thenew design incorporates a sealing washer instead of the seal as part of the jam nut. This changeallows PHD to reduce cost on a rather expensive part of the Escapement. Tests indicate there is noreduction in quality or reliability of the unit.
New Stroke Adjustment Seal
New design effective 10-1-91. Old Design
FILE UNDER ESCAPEMENTS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: E3
DATE: 8-3-92 PRODUCT TYPE: ESCAPEMENTSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL SERIES Z ESCAPEMENTS
None required.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Updated Port Control® Design and Revised Standard SealsThe Series Z Escapement is the first of many PHD products to be updated to incorporate a new typeof check seal as part of the PHD Port Control®. The check seal is part of the port control needleassembly, eliminating the need for a separate ball check. This same check seal has been usedsuccessfully on many PHD products with cushions. This new design provides a more reliable checkfunction for more consistent speed control performance.
Also, all the standard seals throughout the unit will be Buna-N in place of Viton.
NEEDLE CHECK SEAL
FREE FLOW THROUGHCENTER HOLE AND
CROSS DRILLED ORIFICE
This new Port Control design and Buna-N seal change will be phased in as the current design partsare used up. Estimated date for phase-in of units with all Buna-N seals and the new Port Controlneedle is November 1.
FILE UNDER ESCAPEMENTS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: E4
DATE: 1-15-93 PRODUCT TYPE: ESCAPEMENTSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES Z
Change all new Escapement orders to “-1” Buna-N seals. If Viton is required it must be specified inwriting. Port Control check seal is not available in Viton.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Revised Standard Seal CompoundThe purpose of this Technical Data Bulletin is to clarify the seal compound change discussed onbulletin “E3”.
Starting January 15, 1993 all Series Z Escapement orders will automatically be converted to Buna-Nseals in place of the previously standard Viton seals. All orders should be placed with the last digit(seal compound) specified as “-1”.
These units are pneumatic only and are not recommended for use in temperatures beyond 180°F.The elimination of the Viton seals will not effect the performance of the units within this maximumtemperature rating.
16010 1 0 1 0
MODEL OPTIONS OPTIONS
DESIGN NO.
CAP OPTIONS0 - Standard Cap1 - Cap with flow controls and stroke adjustment2 - Cap with stroke adjustment only
1
SEALS
-
Model, Design No., and Options.
-
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
0-None 0-None 1 - Buna-N16010 -
16020 -
1/2" Bore1/2" Stroke3/4" Bore3/4" Stroke
FILE UNDER ESCAPEMENTS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: E5
DATE: 12-8-95 PRODUCT TYPE: ESCAPEMENTSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES 160 (SERIES Z)
None.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DESIGN NUMBER CHANGE ON SERIES 160 ESCAPEMENTSDue to some internal changes to PHD's Series 160 (Series Z) Escapements, the design number isbeing changed from design 1 to design 2. These changes will be transparent to our customers anddistributors, but we wanted to identify these modifications with the design number change. Thedesign 2 units will start shipping in mid-December '95 as our inventory on design 1 parts runs out.PHD will automatically convert design 1 orders to the new design 2 units. PHD's complete Catalog96 as well as a new Escapement addendum will carry the design 2 designation.
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Series, Model, Design No., Rod End Option,Cap Option, Switch Ready Option, and Seals.
SEALS1 - Buna-N2 - Viton (Not offered with cap
options 2 & 3).
CAP OPTIONS0 - Standard Cap1 - Cap with flow controls and stroke adjustment2 - Cap with stroke adjustment onlyDESIGN NO.SERIES
10 - 2 - 0 1 1 1160
MODELIMPERIAL
10 - 1/2" Bore & Stroke withslotted mounting hole
20 - 3/4" Bore & Stroke withslotted mounting hole
METRIC11 - 12 mm Bore & Stroke with
slotted mounting hole21 - 20 mm Bore & Stroke with
slotted mounting hole
ROD END OPTIONS0 - Flats and threaded holes on all
four sides with a threaded holein the end on both rods.
SWITCH READY OPTIONS0 - None1 - Series 5360 Hall Effect Switch Ready
(Switch must be ordered separately.)
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R2
DATE: 4-11-91 PRODUCT TYPE: MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 018050, 018075, 018375
If the actuator is exposed to an environment that may attack unfinished aluminum, a special unit maybe required.
Poor adhesion of loctite between the ball bearing and teflon hard coated aluminum body hasprompted the following change:
Bearing diameters will be masked so that no teflon hard coat material will be allowed to adhere to thealuminum. The only visible difference will be an unfinished bare aluminum area on the bearingdiameter between the face of the body and the snap ring.
UNCOATED
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Convert requests for Miniature Rotary Actuators for hydraulic service to Series 1000 units.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Hydraulic Miniature Rotary Actuators EliminatedPHD is no longer recommending our Miniature Rotary Actuators (0180751 and 0180752) forhydraulic service. These are currently rated at 500 psi hydraulic service in Catalog 91. We havefound the standard seals are not suitable for proper sealing of Hydraulic fluids. The volume of unitssold for hydraulic service has been very low. We recommend that customers requiring a hydraulicMiniature Rotary Actuator move up to a Series 1000 to ensure proper performance and satisfaction.
This change will be reflected in future catalogs.
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R3
DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 0180751 & 0180752
MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORS
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R4
DATE: 3-1-94 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 1-8000 SERIES
Inform any customers who may have experienced -K option shaft failures of this productimprovement.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Improved Preloaded Keyway (-K) Shaft OptionA change has been made to the preloaded keyway pinion shaft option for all 1-8000 Series RotaryActuators. A .030" radius or chamfer has been added to the notch which is used for the preload setscrew.
This improvement is a result of feedback from some PHD customers who experienced prematurefailure of pinion shafts with the -K option. This radius adds strength to the shaft and brings moredurability to the -K option.
These improved preloaded keyways will be phased in as inventory permits. All units with -K optionshipped after March 1, 1994 should include this improved design.
NOTE: The supplied preload screw will also have a matched chamfer added to it to accommodatethe radius.
.030" RADIUS OR CHAMFER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R5
DATE: 7-4-95 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 2, 4, 6, 8000 Four Position Units
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Make this correction in your current catalog and inform all customers using four position RotaryActuators
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Revised Four Position Backlash ToleranceThe backlash at end of rotation on a 2, 4, 6, or 8000 four position Rotary Actuator is more than
1 degree. Catalog 93 (page 3-24) indicates that double rack actuators have zero backlash at ends ofrotation when used with angle adjustments. While this is true of standard two position, three position,and five position units, it is incorrect for four position Rotary Actuators. This correction will be coveredin the next major catalog printing.
Four Position Unit
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R6
DATE: 8-29-97 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES RA
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:None
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Improvement to Output Hub
PHD has revised the optional output hub (Q10 and Q19) available on Series RA Rotary Actuatorsfrom a double slot to a single slot design. This change increases the overall structural strength of thehub while having no effect dimensionally. The new single slot hubs will be phased in startingapproximately 8/26/97 and completed by approximately 12/31/97.
Slot eliminated on optional(Q10 & Q19) output hubs onSeries RA Rotary Actuators.
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R7
DATE: 12-5-01 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES RI
Inform potential customers of the Series RI of these revisions.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SERIES RI CORRECTIONSFollowing are revisions to Catalog 2002 dimensional data regarding the Series RI Rotary Actuator. Datahighlighted (shaded) indicates revised information. The effected catalog pages are indicated in the lower righthand corner.
BB
CC
RIxx25 RIxx32 RIxx50
A A
RIxx25 RIxx32 RIxx50
1.969[50]
2.520[64.0]3.150[80.0]
A1.378[35.0]1.811[46.0]2.283[58.0]
.472[12.0].610
[15.5].797
[20.2]
D.512
[13.0].630
[16.0].906
[23.0]
E.177[4.5].197[5.0].276[7.0]
FRIS125 & RID125RIS525 & RID525RIS132 & RID132RIS532 & RID532RIS150 & RID150RIS550 & RID550
UNIT10-32
M5 x 0.81/4-28
M6 x 1.05/16-24
M8 x 1.25
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
B.2355[5.98].3147[7.99].3940
[10.01]
H45.045.030.030.022.522.5
L°90.090.060.060.045.045.0
K°1.575[40.0]1.811[46.0]2.362[60.0]
M10-32
M5 x 0.81/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP1/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP
N2.244[57.0]2.677[68.0]3.150[80.0]
P.197[5.0].276[7.0].433
[11.0]
J.026[.7].026[.7].039[1.0]
G
NOTE:1) PINION AND HUB SHOWN AT MID ROTATION.
.0003[.008].0003[.008].0003[.008]
H TOL ±.005[.13].005[.13].005[.13]
A TOL ±.197[5.0].315[8.0].354[9.0]
R
4X N CUSTOMER PORT 6X N CUSTOMER PORT8X N CUSTOMER PORT
6X Ø F x G DPO-RING INTERFACE
4X C THD x D DP
8X Ø F x G DPO-RING INTERFACE
4X C THD x D DP
Ø P Ø P Ø P
Ø E
Ø E
L°
4X K°
L°
6X K°
L°
8X K°
Ø JØ J
4X (G) 6X (G)8X (G)
2X Ø H x R DP2X Ø H x R DP
Ø BØ B
Ø MØ M
Ø M
Ø AØ A
6 235
1
4
8 347
1 2
56
4 3
21
5 326
4
1
7 438
6 5
21
4X Ø F x G DPO-RING INTERFACE
1
4X C THD x D DP
Ø E Ø J 2X Ø H x R DP
Ø B
Ø A
2
34
L°
4X K°
L°
6X K°
L°
8X K°
PRESSURE OUTPUT HUB O-RING INTERFACE
PRESSURE INPUT PORT INTERFACE
Refer to Catalog 2002, Page 3D-6
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R8
DATE: 8-19-04 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES RI & RA
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
.200[5.1].240[6.1].310[7.9]
A2.847[72.3]3.263[82.9]3.924[99.7]
.770[19.6]1.100[27.9]1.360[34.5]
DRISx125RISx525RISx132RISx532RISx250RISx650
UNITSIZE
.551[14.0].787
[20.0].984
[25.0]
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].NOTE: FOR RISxxxx UNITS WITH CUSHION USE RIDxxxx DIMENSION L
B
SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS
UNITSIZE
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
THREADTYPE
SHOCKABSORBER
WEIGHTlb kg in-lb Nm
KINETICENERGY
LOADSTROKEin mm in mm in mmmm
M14 x 1.5M14 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M25 x 1.5M25 x 1.5
.42
.42.625.625.91.91
10.710.715.915.923.123.1
.12
.12
.28
.28
.76
.76
.05
.05
.13
.13
.34
.34
150150225360600
1400
1717254068
158
4.004.004.674.675.515.51
SHOCKABSORBER
LENGTH
ACROSSSHOCKFLATS
101.6101.6118.6118.6140.0140.0
.39
.39
.69
.69
.88
.88
1010
17.517.522.222.2
691466915369147691547542369156
SHOCKABSORBER
KIT NO.
SHOCK ABSORBERS KITS INCLUDE:FOR RISxx UNITS - 1 SHOCK AND 1 NUTFOR RIDxx UNITS - 1 SHOCK, 1 NUT, 1 THREAD SEAL,
AND 1 SEAL WASHER1 KIT REQUIRED PER END OF ADJUSTMENT DESIRED
505060607070
SHOCKABSORBEREFFECTIVE
ANGLE
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Product, Series, Type, Design No.,Bore Size, Rotation, and Options.
NOTES:1) Either optional angle adjustments or shock absorbers must be
ordered on all units. (Either option is mandatory.)2) Switches and switch bracket kits must be ordered separately.
H -NBDIR3
THREE POSITIONUNITS
Only 90°Mid-position on
Double Rack Unitsare available.
PRODUCTR - Rotary
SERIESI - Internal Passage
TYPE
DESIGN NO.Imperial Metric
For RISx50 2 6For All Others 1 5
25 PB AB M- -
SSINGLERACK
DDOUBLE
RACK
BORE Ø25 mm32 mm50 mm25 mm32 mm50 mm
TORQUEAT 87 psi
32 in-lb [3.6 Nm]63 in-lb [7.1 Nm]
207 in-lb [23.4 Nm]64 in-lb [7.2 Nm ]
127 in-lb [14.3 Nm]414 in-lb [46.8 Nm]
SHOCK ABSORBERSNB - Shock installed both directionsNC - Shock installed counterclockwiseNW - Shock installed clockwise
See note 1
ROTATION SPEED CONTROL VALVEPB - Rotational Speed Controls
both directionsPC - Rotational Speed Controls
counterclockwisePW - Rotational Speed Controls
clockwise
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTAB - Angle adjustment with shock
pad installed both endsAC - Angle adjustment with shock
pad installed counterclockwise 90°AW - Angle adjustment with shock
pad installed clockwise 90°See note 1
OPTIONSM - Reed Magnet,
Solid State
BORE Ø25 mm32 mm50 mm
180 90x x
ROTATION180°
MID-POSITION90°
On 3-position onlyMust be specified
-
UNITSIZE
SHOCKABSORBER
KIT NO.RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
691466915369147691547542369156
NOTE: One port control fitting per kit
70695-0170696-0170695-0370696-0370695-0370696-0370695-0370696-03
RIxx125RIxx525RIxx132RIxx532RIDx150RIDx550RISx250RISx650
ROTATION SPEED CONTROLKIT NO.
1
HOLLOW PINIONH - Hollow Pinion
Leave blankif standard
RIx125RIx525RIx132RIx532RID150RID550RIS250RIS650
UNITSIZE
7197271997719737199871975720007197572000
PORTING PLATEKIT NUMBER
UNITSIZE
Kits include:1 Porting Plate,2 Locating Rings,4 Fasteners, Required O-Rings
Rotary Actuator Shock Absorber Upgrade
Effective September 1, 2004 PHD will implement changes on certain sizes of Series RA and RI Rotary Actuators toupgrade shock absorbers. This change will provide improved stopping capacity and actuator performance. Additionally,the new self-compensating, non-adjustable shock will eliminate the current adjustable type that was tedious to adjust incertain applications.
The specific models affected are:RASx25RISx25RIDx25RIDx32RISx50
Below is the upgraded shock absorber specifications and dimensionschart found on page 5-51 of Catalog 2005. This chart supersedes thechart in Catalog 2005. Highlighted (shaded) areas show changes fromthe old specifications chart in Catalog 2003.
In addition, a design numberchange was required only onthe RISx50. This is due to thenew shock having a largerdiameter. Below is the designnumber change in theordering data found on page5-42 of Catalog 2005.
NOTE: PHD’s CAD andSizing software will be revisedby September 1, 2004 toreflect these changes.
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R9
DATE: 11-18-04 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES RA
Make this correction in your current catalog and inform all customers using Series RA Rotary Actuators with shock absorbers.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Effective immediately, PHD will implement changes on certain sizes of Series RA Rotary Actuators to upgrade shockabsorbers. This change will provide improved stopping capacity and actuator performance. It will affect shock absorberlength on bore size 20 & 25 units, the hex dimensions, and the Kinetic Energy Load on page 5-38 of CAT-05.
Below is the revised shock absorber specifications chart and dimensions which replace the data on page 5-38 ofCatalog 2005. Shaded areas show changes from the old specifications.
SHOCK ABSORBER DIMENSION/LOAD CHANGES
B HEX
A MAX
F FLAT
SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS
BORESIZE2025324050
PHDSHOCK
ABSORBERNUMBER56722-0156722-0256722-0356722-04*56722-05*
THREADTYPE
M12 x 1M14 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M25 x 1.5M25 x 1.5
SHOCKABSORBER
WEIGHTlb.11.13.34.67.67
kg.05.06.15.3.3
in-lb3.39.321.345.087.9
Nm.361.051.715.19.94
KINETICENERGY
LOADSTROKEin.39.42.25.5.5
mm10.010.76.3512.712.7
in2.252.372.413.383.44
mm57.260.261.285.787.4
AMAX.
in——.31——
mm——8.0——
B HEX
*These shock absorbers have an adjustment feature. (See PHD Product Sizing Catalog for details).
in.31.39—.91.91
mm8
10—2323
FFLATS
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R7
DATE: 12-5-01 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 2 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES RI
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
21
87
6 5
43
21
87
6 5
43
NOTES:1) PORT POSITIONS INDICATED BY CIRCLED NUMBERS.2) PINION AND HUB SHOWN AT MID ROTATION.3) FOR DIMENSIONS NOT GIVEN SEE RIS SINGLE RACK
DIMENSIONS PAGE 3D-4.4) MID POSITION HOLDING TORQUE ON RID UNITS IS
1/2 CATALOGED OUTPUT TORQUE.
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
3RID1253RID5253RID1323RID5323RID1503RID550
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
.709[18.0]1.496[38.0]1.890[48.0]
Z.197[5.0].315[8.0].315[8.0]
GG.295[7.5].472
[12.0]1.535[39.0]
PP.472
[12.0].630
[16.0].630
[16.0]
C
DOUBLE RACK DIMENSIONS
SINGLE RACKSERIES RISx25, RISx32 & RISx50
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
3RIS1253RIS5253RIS1323RIS5323RIS1503RIS550
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
.731[18.6].888
[22.6]1.270[32.2]
V.640
[16.3].689
[17.5].689
[17.5]
GG.295[7.5].472
[12.0].787
[20.0]
PP1.250[32.5]1.378[35.0]1.378[35.0]
C
SINGLE RACK DIMENSIONS
M14 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
Y.295[7.5].472
[12.0].787
[20.0]
Z
DOUBLE RACKSERIES RIDx25, RIDx32 & RIDx50
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
3RIS125 & 3RID1253RIS525 & 3RID5253RIS132 & 3RID1323RIS532 & 3RID5323RIS150 & 3RID1503RIS550 & 3RID550
UNITSIZE
COMMON LETTER DIMENSION (SINGLE AND DOUBLE)
.618[15.7].854
[21.7]1.142[29.0]
AA10-32
M5 x 0.81/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP1/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP
JJ.807
[20.5]1.161[29.5]1.870[47.5]
ZZ.354[9.0].492
[12.5].591
[15.0]
LL.354[9.0].571
[14.5].701
[17.8]
MM.618
[15.7].854
[21.7]1.142[29.0]
NN1.496[38.0]1.965[49.9]2.362[60.0]
KK
A B C
C B
A(0-90-180°)
P R P R P R
2X JJ PORT(3 POSITION CONTROL)
2X JJ PORT(UNIT CONTROL)
NN
Z
PPZZ
KKC
AA
MM
LL
GGSEE PAGE 3D-6 FORPRESSURE INPUTPORT INTERFACEDIMENSIONS
SEE PAGE 3D-6 FORPRESSURE OUTPUTHUB INTERFACEDIMENSIONS
2X JJ PORT(UNIT CONTROL)
2X JJ PORT(3 POSITIONCONTROL)
2X JJ PORT(UNIT CONTROL)
Z
AA NN
2X ZZ PP
KKC2X MM
LLGG
SEE PAGE 3D-6 FORPRESSURE INPUTPORT INTERFACEDIMENSIONS
SEE PAGE 3D-6 FORPRESSURE OUTPUTHUB INTERFACEDIMENSIONS
V
Y THREAD
2
1
4
3 5 6
2
1
4
3 5 6
Refer to Catalog 2002, Page 3D-7
FILE UNDER ROTARY ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R7
DATE: 12-5-01 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 3 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES RI
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
.236[6.0].236[6.0].349[8.9]
A2.953[75.0]3.937
[100.0]4.528
[115.0]
C TOL.1.378[35.0]1.811[46.0]2.283[58.0]
ERIx125RIx525RIx132RIx532RIx150RIx550
UNIT.472
[12.0].472
[12.0].709
[18.0]
Ø CLETTER DIMENSION
B.236[6.0].315[8.0].472
[12.0]
Ø F
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].NOTE: LOCATING RINGS ARE TO BE PRESSED INTO BODY AND PINION
+.0002/-.0005+[.005]/-[.013]+.0002/-.0005+[.005]/-[.013]-.0002/-.0006-[.005]/-[.015]
D.118[3.0].079[2.0].276[7.0]
+.0001/-.0007+[.003]/-[.018]+.0001/-.0007+[.003]/-[.018]+.0002/-.0005+[.005]/-[.013]
F TOL.
BODY LOCATING RING KIT
2X B
PINION LOCATING RING KIT
21
38
6
7
5
4
EA
D
4X C
2X F
A
BODY LOCATING RING KIT
56
471
82
3
2X G PINIONLOCATING RING I.D.
4X H BODYLOCATING RING I.D.
.197[5.0].236[6.0].315[8.0]
Ø G.354[9.0].354[9.0].591
[15.0]
Ø H
M.630
[16.0].787
[20.0].984
[25.0]
UNITSIZE
RIx125RIx525RIx132RIx532RIx150RIx550
NUT LOCATION
SLOT DIMENSIONSTYPICAL BOTH SIDES
(POSITION 1 & 3)
M
2X A
4X C
2X B
2X D
Refer to Catalog 2002, Page 3D-16
Refer to Catalog 2002, Page 3D-15
FILE UNDER MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: M1
DATE: 4-3-91 PRODUCT TYPE: MULTI-MOTIONPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL
All Multi-Motion Actuators have an improved spline base seal. The original O-Ring and backup havebeen replaced with a Glyd ring seal and back-up. See illustration.
This new seal has increased life and is a definite improvement especially in hydraulic application.This change was effective February, 1991. All future seal kits will also include this improved seal.
Note: This change is currently effective only on standard Buna-N seals. Units with Viton or otherseal compounds will still receive the old style O-Ring and back-up until later notification.
All customers using a Multi-Motion Actuator should be made aware of this change.
SPLINE BASE SEALBACKUP
OLD STYLE
NEW STYLE
HIGH PRESSURE SIDE
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: M2
DATE: 4-4-91 PRODUCT TYPE: MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES 8000 TANDEM
Make sure on any future orders for 8000 Series Air/Oil Tandem Multi-Motion Actuators with cushions,that the customer is aware of the 20° cushion.
The standard cushion angle for PHD Air/Oil Tandem Multi-Motion Actuators with the -D1 or -D2option has historically been cataloged as 30°. Through recent testing it was discovered that theactual cushioning capability of an 8000 Series Air/Oil Tandems could have been as little asapproximately 10°. Changes were instituted in November of 1990 in the cushion stud design forthese actuators. The effective cushioned travel is now 20° minimum and will be cataloged as such inthe future.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: M3
DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: MA1 MINIATURE MULTI-MO-
TIONS
Convert requests for Miniature Multi-Motions for hydraulic service to Series 1000 units.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Hydraulic Miniature Multi-Motions EliminatedPHD is no longer recommending our miniature Multi-Motion Actuators (MA1) for hydraulic service.These are currently rated at 500 psi for hydraulic service in Catalog 91. We have found the standardseals are not suitable for proper sealing of hydraulic fluids. The volume of units sold for hydraulicservice is very low. We recommend that customers requiring hydraulic Miniature Multi-MotionActuators move up to a Series 1000 to ensure proper performance and satisfaction.
This change will be reflected in future catalogs.
FILE UNDER MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: M4
DATE: 3-1-94 PRODUCT TYPE: MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 1-8000 SERIES
Inform any customers who may have experienced -PK option rod end failures of this productimprovement.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Improved Preloaded Keyway (PK) Shaft OptionA change has been made to the preloaded keyway rod end option for all 1-8000 Series Multi-MotionActuators. A .030" radius has been added to the notch which is used for the preload set screw.
This improvement is a result of feedback from some PHD customers who experienced prematurefailure of rod ends with the -PK option. This radius adds strength to the shaft and brings the durabilityof the -PK option up to normal PHD specifications.
These improved preloaded keyways will be phased in as inventory permits. All units with -PK optionshipped after March 1, 1994 should include this improved design.
.030" RADIUS
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL1
DATE: 4-10-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: SA012, SA022, SA032, SA042, SA062
Several dimensional changes have occurred between the model SS and new model SA Series “S” slides. Thesechanges were made to provide value added benefits based on customer requests.
Dimensional Changes:1) The four thru holes in the bearing housing remain unchanged (04 Model only). 06 Model was 1.625, is now1.688. Tapped holes were added on the opposite side of these thru holes for auxiliary mounting.2) Overall height and width dimensions remain unchanged, however several length dimensions have increased.
A) The tool plate thickness has increased.B) The bearing housing length has increased.C) The guide shaft length has increased.
3) Threads in the SA042 tool plate are now coarse 10-24 in place of fine 10-32.4) The 12 blind threaded holes that were in some model SS slides have been removed (Note these threaded holes
were not advertised).5) The port side surface is no longer a completely flat surface. This was changed to accommodate the proximity
switch option.
Value added changes:1) Proximity switch option for sensing extent and retract have been added. The proximity switches sense the steel
shaft collars and a steel target pin in the tool plate.2) Shaft collar kits for stroke adjustment and extend shock pads have been added. Retract shock pads are now
located externally on the guide rods. This increases the shock pad area. The SA042 and SA062 modelscontinue to use an internal shock pad for extend. The new models SA012, SA022, and SA032 have no internalshock pad for the extend stroke. (See Catalog 91) A stop collar kit must be used to have shock pads on extendfor those slides. Stop collars are highly recommended for most applications.
3) Dowel pin holes are now optional in the bearing housing and in the tool plate for precise locating of the slide andtooling.
4) The tool plate is now thicker to allow a deeper guide shaft press fit. This will allow the slide to withstand greaterimpact loads and removes some fatigue loading on the screws. The model SA slides now have socket head capscrews in place of flat head cap screws. This will allow easier repair and reassembly. The nut and washercombination for fastening the piston rod to the tool plate has been eliminated. The tool plate is now machinedwith a precise bore that the piston rod is pressed into.
5) The cylinder bore is now machined completely through the bearing housing. This allows PHD to offer longerstroke lengths. Removing the cap allows access to a hex in the end of the piston rod for easy assembly andrepair.
6) Stop collar kits allow the slide stroke to be adjusted to customer requirements.
REQUIRED ACTION:Please make your customers aware that several dimensions have changed from model SS to new model SA design.The model SS is not completely interchangeable with the new design model SA. Whenever possible, we recommendselling the new model SA slide.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DIMENSIONS: S SERIES SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SL1 PAGE 2 OF 2
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL2
DATE: 4-10-91 PRODUCT TYPE: METRIC SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: SA017, SA027, SA037, SA047, SA067
Several dimensional changes have occurred between model SS and new model SA Series “S” slides. These changeswere made to provide value added benefits based on customer requests.
Dimensional Changes:1) The four thru holes in the bearing housing have been changed. The thru holes on the SA047 model have
changed from a 31,5 square pattern to a 32,0 pattern. The SA067 pattern was changed from a 41,5 to 42,0.Tapped holes were added on the opposite side of these thru holes for auxiliary mounting.
2) Overall height and width dimensions remain unchanged on the SA047 model. On the SA067 model the heightchanged from 51,0 to 50,0 and the width changed from 101,5 to 102,0. The following length dimensions haveincreased:
A) The tool plate thickness has increased.B) The bearing housing length has increased.C) The guide shaft length has increased.
3) The 12 blind threaded holes that were in some model SS series have been removed (Note these threaded holeswere not advertised).
4) The port side surface is no longer a completely flat surface. This was changed to accommodate the proximityswitch option.
5) Guide shaft have been changed to hard metric diameters.
Value added changes:1) Proximity switch option for sensing extent and retract have been added. The proximity switches sense the steel
shaft collars and a steel target pin in the tool plate.2) Shaft collar kits for stroke adjustment and extend shock pads have been added. Retract shock pads are now
located externally on the guide rods. This increases the shock pad area. The SA047 and SA067 modelscontinue to use an internal shock pad for extend. Models SA017, SA027, and SA037 have no internal shock padfor the extend stroke. A stop collar kit must be used to have shock pads on extend for those slides. Stop collarsare highly recommended for most applications.
3) Dowel pin holes have been added in the bearing housing and in the tool plate.4) The tool plate is now thicker to allow a deeper guide shaft press fit. This will allow the slide to withstand greater
impact loads and removes some fatigue loading on the screws. Model SA slides now have socket head capscrews in place of flat head cap screws. This will allow easier repair and assembly. The nut and washercombination for fastening the piston rod to the tool plate has been eliminated. The tool plate is now machinedwith a precise bore that the piston rod is pressed into.
5) The cylinder bore is now machined completely through the bearing housing. This allows PHD to offer longerstroke lengths. Removing the cap allows access to a hex in the end of the piston rod for easy assembly andrepair.
6) Stop collar kits allow the slide stroke to be adjusted to customer requirements.7) Corrosion resistant coating on guide shafts is standard for corrosion resistance.
Please make your customers aware that several dimensions have changed from model SS to new model SA design.The model SS is not completely interchangeable with the new design model SA. Whenever possible we recommendselling the new model SA slide.
REQUIRED ACTION:
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DIMENSIONS: S SERIES SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SL2 PAGE 1 OF 2
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL3
DATE: 4-11-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: RS033, RS042, RS062,
RS082, RS012, RS122
If a tool plate or threaded rod needs to be replaced on a design 02 or 03 slide and was manufacturedbefore 11-02-90, both a threaded rod and tool plate need to be ordered. If the threaded rod has aturned down diameter on one end, the slide was manufactured before 11-02-90.
The following changes were made to reduce manufacturing costs:
1) A step or turned down diameter on the end of the threaded travel adjustment rod wasremoved.
2) The counterbore on the back of the tool plate was enlarged to accept the full diameter of thethreaded rod.
These changes do not affect any dimensions of the slide.
TOOLPLATE
END OF ROD IS NO LONGER STEPPED OR TURNED DOWNCOUNTERBORE
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL4
DATE: 4-11-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES B, C, E, U, AND R
Felt lubrication wicks have been added between ball bushings to reduce lubrication maintenance.These wicks will constantly provide a source of lubricant to the guide shafts and bearings. The wickswill be saturated with oil, and should not require any additional lubricant for the life of the bearing.Long stroke units have been susceptible to having dry shafts, thus increasing friction. This valueadded feature will be gradually phased into production around 04-01-91. Bearing replacement kitswill include bearings and felt wicks. There is no additional charge for this enhancement.
Please make your customer aware that the felt wicks included in the bearing replacement kits will notbe used when repairing bearing in a slide manufactured before 04-01-91. If your customerexpresses a concern of not using the wicks, an older bearing housing may be modified toaccommodate the oil wicks. Please consult PHD.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SERIES B, C, E, AND U
SERIES RSPACER TUBEWICK
WICK RETAINER
aaaaaaaaSEAL BEARING
SHAFT
HOUSING
WICKaaaaaaaaSHAFT
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL5
DATE: 4-11-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES M
Please make your customers aware that all seals included in a seal repair kit may not be used. If thepiston has a single piston seal groove, use the quad seal. If the piston has two seal grooves, use theblock-vee seals. New piston and rod assemblies may be used in slide housings that previouslycontained single quad seals.
Single quad seal on air pistons have been changed to dual block-vee seals in order to lower thebreak away friction on models MS03, MS04, and MS06 Slides. The MS02 remains unchanged andcontinues to use quad seals. The seal on the oil side of tandem units will continue to be a quad seal.Seal kits after 05-18-90 will contain both quad seals and block-vee seals.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL6
DATE: 4-24-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 7 MODEL OR SERIES: S, T, R
The addition of options for dowel pins have been added to Series R, T, and S Slides. J1 and J2 arethe options for the tool plate dowel pin holes. J1 designates close fit dowel pin holes, and J2 desig-nates normal fit dowel pin holes. R1 and R2 are the options for the housings or end blocks. R1designates close fit dowel pin holes and R2 designates normal fit dowel pin holes. (The front blockof Series R will have dowel pin holes and the rear block will have dowel slots.)
This will satisfy customers' varying dowel pin hole requirements or needs.
Catalog 91 has incorporated these options in the Ordering Data and Dimensional drawings.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Inform customers who use Slides, that dowel pin holes are now available.
DIMENSIONS: S SERIES SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SL6 PAGE 2 OF 7
DIMENSIONS: T SERIES SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SL6 PAGE 3 OF 7
DIMENSIONS: Rx03
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SL6 PAGE 4 OF 7
DIMENSIONS: Rx04 & Rx06
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SL6 PAGE 5 OF 7
DIMENSIONS: Rx08 & Rx10
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SL6 PAGE 6 OF 7
DIMENSIONS: Rx12
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SL6 PAGE 7 OF 7
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL7
DATE: 4-24-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: TS08
TS081 Slides have 7/16 threaded and thru holes. These mounting holes have been changed to 3/8threaded and thru holes to keep the mounting holes on a 1/8" increment which is standard in somecompanies. This requires a design change, raising the design number to 2 (TS082). This will beshown in all future literature. Old design slides can still be ordered.
Catalog 91 reflects this change.
All TS081 Slide orders should be checked to see if they can be changed to TS082.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DIMENSIONS: MODEL TS08
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL8
DATE: 4-24-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: S, T, R, M, U, B
Corrosion resistant plated shaft option -Q is now available on all Slides listed above. This platinggives the outside diameters of the shafts a rust and corrosion resistant coating to prevent damage tothe bearings. With this option the ends and any undercuts will be uncoated. Entirely plated shaftsare available-consult factory.
Options are shown in Catalog 91.
ENDS UNPLATED ENDS AND UNDERCUTS UNPLATED
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Inform all Slide customers of this new problem solving option.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL9
DATE: 7-15-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: -Q SHAFTING OPTION
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Option -Q is a corrosion resistant electrocoating for slide shafting. The graph shows data on -Q andother shaft materials from actual PHD salt spray tests. Physical properties of -Q are listed below.
Material: ChromiumThickness: .0001/.0002 inchHardness: 70 RC Plus
Friction: Self LubricatingHeat: -400°F to 1600°F (Applies to -Q Shafting Only)
Corrosion Resistance: See Chart (Do not use near Sulfuric or Hydrochloric acid)Aesthetics: Satiny, Silver, Matte Finish
Safety: FDA and USDA approved (Applies to -Q Shafting Only)
REQUIRED ACTION:It is obvious from the above chart that the -Q option on shafts is the best method of corrosionresistance. Customers with a history of rust problems, or who have applications where rust maybecome a problem should be made aware of this new option. Recommend -Q option.
NOTE: Standard -Q option does not cover cut off ends or undercuts for snap rings. If the entireshaft needs to be plated, contact PHD.
HOURS IN SALT SPRAY
RUST
COV
ERAG
E
24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192
SPOTS
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
OILED -Q SHAFTING0
DRY
ALLO
Y SH
AFTI
NG
OILE
D AL
LOY
SHAF
TING
DRY -Q SHAFTING
DRY 416 STAINLESS
OILED 416 STAINLESS
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL10
DATE: 10-1-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL PHD SLIDES
Let any customers who have experienced loose shaft fasteners know about this productimprovement. This eliminates the problem on their future slides.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Loctite On Slide Shaft Fasteners
REMOVABLE LOCTITE
Starting on approximately August 1, 1991, all fasteners that attach tool plates or end blocks to slideshafts, and all fasteners that thread into the saddle or housing are assembled with removable Loctite.This change has come at the request of a few of our customers who have experienced these shaftfasteners loosening during high speed slide operation. The Loctite is a removable type of adhesivethat prevents the screws from loosening due to vibration, but allows them to be taken out formaintenance of the Slide. There will be no additional charge for this product improvement.
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL11
DATE: 10-1-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES S SLIDES
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Inform your customers of this new Slide Model and make sure Model SB is specified when usingTransition Plates with Series S Slides.
Consult PHD for Transition Plate availability.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
The very popular Model SA Slide has been expanded to include a Model SB that has drilled andC'bored holes in the tool plate. These holes allow the tool plate to be used with Transition Plates formounting other PHD products on the Model SB Slide. These transition plates are not shown inCatalog 91 but are being designed on an “as needed” basis.
The tool plate on the Model SB Slide makes some customer tooling easier to attach.
Page 2 of this Technical Data Bulletin provides you with dimensional information on the Model SBSlide tool plate. This new model will be available as of 10-1-91.
Model Number example: SB 042 X 1-Q
New Tool Plate Model Available
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL11
DATE: 10-1-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES S SLIDES
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDERPHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL12
DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES M
Inform your Series M Slides customers of this product improvement and use this information toexpand your sales of Series M Slides.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
New Bearings and Shafts for Series M SlidesStarting February 1, 1992, the Series M Slides will have improved bearings and shafts. Thebushings that were Duralon will now be a fluoropolymer composite (“TC”). This is the same materialused in the popular Series S Slides.
The shafts will be standard with PHD's corrosion-resistant plating which also increases their wearresistance. This new bushing and shaft combination will greatly increase the life and the reliability ofthe Series M Slides. The Slide's design number will change from Design 1 to Design 2. PHD willautomatically convert all incoming orders to the new Design 2 bushings and shafts unless specificallynoted otherwise. Repair kits will contain bearings with the new material. The Slide dimensions andpricing will remain unchanged.
New Standard Corrosion-Resistant Shafts
New Improved Bearings Use Fluoropolymer Composite Material
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL13
DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES M
Make sure all of your past, present, and future Slide customers are aware of this additionalcapability.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Compact Switch Now Available on Series M SlideStarting February 15, a new switch bracket kit for the Series M Slide will be available to allow Series1750 Compact Reed and Hall Switches to be used on this Slide Series.
The new bracket kit number is 13591. The list price for this kit is $4.75. Using this new bracket kitalong with the Compact Switches reduces size and price of the Slide package. The Slides must stillbe ordered with the proper magnetic option for the Switches to function.
Bracket Kit Number 13591
1750 Compact Proximity Switches
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL13
DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES M
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DIMENSIONS
Compact Switch Now Available on Series M Slide
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL14
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 4 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES C SLIDES
This information may be used to analyze future applications and to assure customers of the “C”Slide's capabilities.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Series C Slide Speed ChartsQuestions have come up regarding maximum speeds for Series C Magnetically Coupled CylinderSlides. The following three pages contain speed charts (load vs. travel) for all Series C Slides. Thecharts are based on actual test data using Slides with shock absorbers.
Note: None of these tests caused the magnetic piston to uncouple from the slide's saddle.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL14
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 4 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES C SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Series CxU031 Slide Speed Charts
Time values shown wereimposed by proper combinationof flow controls and shockabsorbers. Faster travels may beachieved, but not withoutpotential damage to slide units.
Performance Data for CxU031 x 16 (Horizontal)50 & 90 PSI
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
50 psi @ 1 lb. Load50 psi @ 14 lb. Load90 psi @ 1 lb. Load90 psi @ 14 lb. Load
201510500.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
201510500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Performance Data for CxU031 x 16 (Vertical)50 & 90 PSI / Up Stroke
Stroke (Inches)
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
50 psi @ 1.5 lb. Load90 psi @ 1.5 lb. Load90 psi @ 4.5 lb. Load
201 5500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Performance Data CxU031 x 16 (Vertical)50 & 90 PSI / Down Stroke
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
50 psi @ 1.5 lb. Load90 psi @ 1.5 lb. Load90 psi @ 4.5 lb. Load
1 0Stroke (Inches)
Stroke (Inches)
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL14
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 3 OF 4 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES C SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Series CxU041 Slide Speed Charts
Time values shown wereimposed by proper combinationof flow controls and shockabsorbers. Faster travels may beachieved, but not withoutpotential damage to slide units.
25201510500.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Performance Data for CxU041 (Vertical)50 & 90 PSI / Up Stroke
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
30 3025201510500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
Performance Data for CxU041 x 24 (Vertical)50 & 90 PSI / Down Stroke
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
25201510500.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Performance Data for CxU041 x 24 (Horizontal)50 & 90 PSI
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
Stroke (Inches)50 psi @ 1.5 lb. Load50 psi @ 11.5 lb. Load90 psi @ 1.5 lb. Load90 psi @ 22.5 lb. Load
Stroke (Inches)50 psi @ 1.5 lb. Load50 psi @ 11.5 lb. Load90 psi @ 1.5 lb. Load90 psi @ 22.5 lb. Load
Stroke (Inches)
50 psi @ 35 lb. Load50 psi @ 1 lb. Load
90 psi @ 1 lb. Load90 psi @ 35 lb. Load
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL14
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 4 OF 4 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES C SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Series CxU061 Slide Speed Charts
Time values shown wereimposed by proper combinationof flow controls and shockabsorbers. Faster travels may beachieved, but not withoutpotential damage to slide units.
50 psi @ 2 lb. Load50 psi @ 18 lb. Load90 psi @ 2 lb. Load90 psi @ 50 lb. Load
40353025201510500.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Performance Data for Cx061 x 36 (Horizontal)50 & 60 PSI
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
50 psi @ 1 lb. Load50 psi @ 95 lb. Load90 psi @ 1 lb. Load90 psi @ 95 lb. Load
40353025201510500.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Performance Data for CxU061 x 36 (Vertical)50 & 90 PSI / Down Stroke
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
50 psi @ 2 lb. Load50 psi @ 18 lb. Load90 psi @ 2 lb. Load90 psi @ 50 lb. Load
4030201000
1
2
Performance Data for CxU061 x 36 (Vertical)50 & 90 PSI / Up Stroke
Tim
e (S
econ
ds)
Stroke (Inches) Stroke (Inches)
Stroke (Inches)
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL15
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES C SLIDES
Inform your Series C Slide customers of the recommendation for lubricated air.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Recommendation of Lubricated Air on Series C SlidesPHD is now recommending the use of lubricated air on Series C Magnetically Coupled CylinderSlides. Applications which require reduced speeds and smooth motion will particularly benefit fromthe use of lubricated air. The internal seals are compatible with standard petroleum-based oiltypically used for air cylinder lubrication.
This lubricated air is not required, but will greatly enhance the Series C Slide's performance.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL16
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SS AND SA SLIDES
Inform any customers who may have encountered problems with shock pads about this productimprovement.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Improved Shock Pad Adhesive On Series S SlidesIn some high load applications, customers experienced the shock pad coming off the piston onSeries S Slides. PHD has changed the type of adhesive used to secure this shock pad, which hascured this problem. Units shipped after 3-15-92 were assembled with this improved adhesive.
NEW ADHESIVE USED ON SHOCK PAD
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL17
DATE: 1-15-93 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES B
Inform your customers who use dowel pin holes on Series B Slides of this applicationrecommendation.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Proper Dowel Pin Hole Usage
FOR DOWEL PINBOTH ENDS
± .002
DIAMETER FOR DOWEL PIN FROM OPPOSITE SIDECLEARANCE DIA FROM THIS SIDE2 PLACES EACH END
Dowel pin holes in the end blocks of Series B Slides are intended for use with the dowel slot on theopposite end block. Tolerances between the two end blocks do not allow the dowel pin holes to beused for precise location. The use of dowel pin holes on one end and the dowel pin slot on theopposite end do provide a means for locating.
The tolerance between the centerline of the dowel hole and the centerline of the dowel slot is ± .002.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL18
DATE: 3-1-94 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL SA & SB SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SA & SB Slides Modified for PHD SwitchAs of March 1, 1994, Model SA & SB Slides are available with PHD Series 5580 Hall Effect Switches(See Catalog SW02). This change affects the tool plate and all Proximity Switch Kits.
The switch target cavity in the tool plate is enlarged to accommodate a new universal switch target.The switch ready kit has a new part number and can be used for either the traditional 6 mm squareProximity Switches or PHD’s Series 5580 Hall Effect Switches.
As of March 1, 1994, all Proximity Switch Kit numbers shown in PHD Catalog 93 will be converted tothe new kit numbers by PHD.
SLIDE OLD NEWMODEL KIT NUMBER KIT NUMBERSx012 19461 55967Sx022 19462 55969Sx032 19463 55971Sx042 19464 55973Sx062 19465 55975
Each proximity switch ready kit contains the following items:1 Target Pin with Magnet2 Steel Shaft Collars with Screws (one modified with magnetic target)2 Shock Pads2 Switch Mounting Brackets2 4-40 x .500 Socket Head Cap Screws
Proximity Switches are ordered separately.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL18
DATE: 3-1-94 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL SA & SB SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SA & SB Slides Modified for PHD SwitchThe changes to the SA & SB Slides and the addition of the PHD Series 5580 Hall Effect Switchprovide a very cost effective alternative to traditional 6 mm square Proximity Switches. The newUniversal Switch Ready Kit is simple and can be used with the PHD 5580 Switches or 6 mm squareProximity Switches.
REQUIRED ACTION:Inform all of your SA & SB Slide users of this change and the cost effective switches available onfuture orders. (Units shipped prior to March 1, 1994 will not accept the new kits without modifyingthe target cavity in the tool plate.)
PROXIMITY SWITCH KITPress target pin with magnet side up for Series 5580 Hall Switches and magnet side down for Model18431 Proximity Switches. Press in target pin until it bottoms out in the hole.
6 mm PHD 5580 HALL EFFECT SWITCHOR SQUARE PROXIMITY SWITCH(NOT INCLUDED IN KIT,MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY)
SHAFT COLLAR WITH MAGNETFOR SERIES 5580 SWITCH SENSING
SHAFT COLLAR
SHOCK PAD
SOCKET HEADCAP SCREW
SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKET
TARGET PIN
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
LARGER DIAMETER TARGET CAVITY (MARCH 1, 1994)
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL19
DATE: 7-11-94 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: SA042, SA047, SB042, SB047
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Piston Seal Improved on Size 04 SA and SB SlidesStarting July 8, 1994 all size 04 SA and SB Slides will be shipped with an improved piston sealdesign. This new design incorporates two block vee seals instead of the single "PZ" type seal. Incertain applications the "PZ" type piston seal had unacceptable amounts of blow-by and inconsistentperformance.
All orders received for these units will automatically be upgraded to the new design. The new modelnumbers are shown below:
Old Model Number New Model NumberSA042 SA043 (English)SB042 SB043 (English)SA047 SA048 (Metric)SB047 SB048 (Metric)
UPGRADE KITSUpgrade kits are available and are ONLY recommended for those few applications where thecustomer is experiencing piston seal blow-by. The vast majority of units in the field DO NOT havethis symptom and require no upgrade kits. Upgrade kits are available on a no charge basis for unitsunder warranty.
See page two of this bulletin for kit number information.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL19
DATE: 7-11-94 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: SA042, SA047, SB042, SB047
None required unless your customer is experiencing blow-by on 04 size SA and SB Slides. Retrofitthose units with the upgrade kits or return to PHD for upgrading.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Piston Seal Improved on Size 04 SA and SB Slides
UPGRADE KIT NUMBERSEnglish Metric
57380-008-* 1" STROKE 57379-0025-* 25mm STROKE57380-016-* 2" STROKE 57379-0050-* 50mm STROKE57380-024-* 3" STROKE 57379-0075-* 75mm STROKE
* –1 Buna N–2 Viton
Upgrade kits contain a piston and rod assembly and all seals required to update and rebuild theslide.
A full description of the unit must be included with any order for upgrade kits. This will allow PHD tosupply new labels that will contain the new model number.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL20
DATE: 10-31-94 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES T, R, S; MODEL SD/SE
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Stop Collar Tightening TorquesStop collars mounted on the shafts of PHD Slides provide an easy means of adjusting the slide'stravel. The socket head cap screw used to secure the collar in place can be "over torqued" causingthe stop collar to crack or split. Listed below are recommended torques for stop collar screws forvarious PHD Slides.
SOCKET HEADCAP SCREWS
This information will be included in future catalogs and product packers.
Stop Collar Tightening Torques
REQUIRED ACTION:Inform any customers who may have encountered cracked stop collars of these torque specifications.
03647.2505.7313.5505.7
SLIDETYPE
SA/SB
TSxx1(ENGLISH)
TSxx5(METRIC)
RSxx1
IN-LBSNm
IN-LBSNm
IN-LBSNm
IN-LBSNm
SLIDE SIZE01151.7––––––
SLIDETYPE
SD/SESTD. SHAFT
IN-LBSNm
IN-LBSNm
SLIDE SIZE12303.4 505.7
13505.7768.6
14768.617019.2
STOP COLLAR TIGHTENING TORQUES
STOP COLLAR TIGHTENING TORQUES
SD/SEOVERSIZE
SHAFT
1512013.617019.2
1617019.217019.2
02151.7––––––
04505.7505.7637.1505.7
06150171501710612505.7
08––
10511.9
––
15017
10––––––
15017
12––––––
15017
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL21
DATE: 10-31-94 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES C
Inform your Series C Slide customers that it is important to maintain a film of PHD Pneu LubeGrease on the cylinder tube.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Recommendation of PHD Pneu Lube on Series C Slide Cylinder TubesPHD recommends the use of PHD Pneu Lube 17444 on the outside of the cylinder tube on Series CMagnetically Coupled Cylinder Slides.
It is important to maintain a grease film of PHD Pneu Lube 17444 on the cylinder tube to provideadequate radial bearing lubrication for the saddle magnetic cartridge.
PHD Pneu Lube 17444 is available as a 14.5 oz. cartridge from PHD.
Use PHD Pneu Lube on cylinder O.D.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL22
DATE: 1-1-95 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SD, SE, SK, SL, T, R, & B
Use the -H4 option for ordering slide cylinder assemblies.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Easy Replacement Cylinder Call-outOrdering replacement cylinders for many of PHD's Powered Slides is now easy through the use of asimple option code -H4. Here is how it works:
1. Call out the complete slide model number followed by -H4.2. PHD will supply the complete cylinder with all required options and any features related to
the slide unit.
This option reduces potential errors when specifying replacement cylinders and ensures that thecustomer receives the correct replacement unit.
This option applies to Series B, R, T, SD, SE, SK, and SL Slides. Future parts sheets will bechanged to reflect this replacement cylinder call-out.
-H4 OPTION
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL23
DATE: 7-4-95 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SD/SE
Inform your Series SD/SE customers of this product improvement.
1. Latest ball bushing provides increased performance.2. Retaining ring design provides easy field replacement.3. Dimensional changes.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
New Ball Bushings and Retaining Design on SD/SE Slides
Beginning approximately 7-3-95, PHD will begin a 2-3 month phase-in period of converting new orders for the model SD/SE slide from Design 1 to Design 2. Design 2 changes include:
• Linear ball bushings will be upgraded to the latest ball bushing technology which will provide increased loadcapability. This upgrade applies only to the 3 larger sizes — 24, 25, and 26. Pages 3-5 of this Technical DataBulletin show revised performance ratings as a result of the new bushings. These graphs supersede thecorresponding graphs in Catalog 93A.
• Retaining rings will now be used to secure both linear ball and T.C. bushings in the slide body on all sizes.This new design provides easy bushings removal and replacement in the field if necessary.
• To accommodate the new snap ring design, the body length has been increased slightly on the model SD23, 24,& 25 only . Page 2 of this Technical Data Bulletin provides you information on the dimensional changes.
SIZE U V W X1 X2 Y Z AB BB CC*** DD EE** HH
22 .160 1.000 2.625 .375 .500 1/4-20 #10-24 x .37 DP 3.070 1/8 NPT* .1884 x .25 DP 1/4 x .575 DP 3.4370 .406
23 0 1.375 3.250 .500 .625 1/4-20 1/4-20 x .40 DP 3.260 1/8 NPT .2509 x .31 DP 5/16 x .455 DP 4.3300 .540
24 .035 1.500 3.625 .625 .750 5/16-18 1/4-20 x .50 DP 3.765 1/8 NPT .2509 x .31 DP 3/8 x .440 DP 5.0000 .688
25 .025 1.875 4.250 .750 1.000 3/8-16 3/8-16 x .69 DP 4.610 1/8 NPT .3759 x .47 DP 3/8 x .658 DP 5.8750 .812
26 .175 2.500 5.750 1.000 1.375 1/2-13 3/8-16 x .75 DP 5.615 1/4 NPT .3759 x .50 DP 1/2 x .700 DP 7.7500 1.000
BORE LETTER DIMENSIONSIZE SIZE A B C D E** F G H J L M O Q R S22 3/4 2.390 .680 1.375 3.800 1.625 3.875 .580 1.000 .790 1.200 .100 .700 #10 x .500 DP .500 .500
23 1 2.875 .385 1.500 4.720 1.875 4.820 .750 1.250 .980 1.500 .125 .950 #10 x .215 DP .625 .750
24 1-1/8 3.390 .375 1.750 5.400 2.000 5.500 .900 1.500 1.480 1.700 .100 .950 1/4 x .275 DP .750 .875
25 1-3/8 3.650 .960 1.750 6.450 2.375 6.550 1.300 2.000 1.500 2.200 .100 1.200 5/16 x .338 DP .875 .875
26 2 5.000 .615 3.000 8.375 3.125 8.500 1.625 2.500 1.700 2.750 .125 1.450 3/8 x .400 DP 1.000 1.500
OPTION ADDERSSIZE PB DB BR AR AE GG/GN GH/GM GI/GO22 .25 1.00 .25 .75 .75 .75 .75 1.5023 .25 1.00 .25 .75 .75 .75 .75 1.5024 .25 1.00 .25 .75 .75 .75 .75 1.5025 0 1.750 .25 .75 .75 .75 .75 1.5026 0 0 .25 .875 .875 .875 .875 1.75
OPTIONAL CC*** DOWEL PIN HOLESSLIDE OPTION J1/J5 OPTION J2/J6
MODEL CLOSE FIT NORMAL FITSxx22 .1884 x .250 DP .1913 x .250 DPSxx23 .2509 x .312 DP .2520 x .312 DPSxx24 .2509 x .312 DP .2520 x .312 DPSxx25 .3759 x .470 DP .3770 x .470 DPSxx26 .3759 x .500 DP .3770 x .500 DP
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL23
DATE: 7-4-95 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SD/SE
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
New Ball Bushings and Retaining Design on SD/SE Slides
*** Close fit dowel pins are standard in housing.
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SD SLIDES
NOTES:1) FOR OPTIONS PB AND DB, ADD TO CYLINDER'S LENGTH (AFFECTS DIMENSIONS B, AB)2) FOR OPTIONS BR, AR, GN, AND GH, ADD BETWEEN DIMENSIONS O AND AB3) FOR OPTIONS GM, AE, AND GG, ADD TO DIMENSION U4) FOR OPTIONS GO AND GI, ADD HALF BETWEEN DIMENSIONS O AND AB, AND HALF TO
DIMENSION U5) FOR GRAPHIC DEPICTION OF OPTIONS AND DIMENSIONS, SEE PAGES 5-34 TO 5-39.6) STROKE IS + .030/–.0007) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON DESIGNATED CENTERLINE OF THE UNIT UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED8) PORT LOCATION FOR SDx26 IS NOT ON CENTERLINE9) *PORT IS #10-32 WITH OPTION -PB10) **TOLERANCE IS ±.0008 BETWEEN CLOSE FIT DOWEL PIN HOLES. TOLERANCE IS ± .001
BETWEEN NORMAL FIT DOWEL PIN HOLES
Y THREAD THRU FROM THIS SIDEC'BORED FROM OPPOSITE SIDE
FOR Q SHCS 4 PLACES
F E**
G
O
R
AB + TRAVEL
D E**
A
CS
B + TRAVELU + TRAVEL
HH ± .002
BB PORT2 PLACES
EE**WV SQ
THRU DIA & C'BORE FOR DDSHCS 2 PLACES
J
CC*** ±.0005 DIAMETER FOR DOWEL PINFROM OPPOSITE SIDE2 PLACES IN BODY
Z THREAD FROM OPPOSITE SIDE4 PLACES
X1 SHAFT DIA FOR SDB & SDC UNITSX2 SHAFT DIA FOR SDD UNITS
L H
M
4
2
13
CC*** ± .0005 DIAFOR DOWEL PIN
2 PLACES IN TOOL PLATE
CL
CL
CL
Shaded dimensions on sizes 23, 24, & 25 are revised.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL23
DATE: 7-4-95 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 3 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SD/SE
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
New Ball Bushings and Retaining Design on SD/SE Slides
SDB24 WITH 5/8" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
WEI
GHT
(lb)
TRAVEL (in)
0 10
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10
20
60
30
40
50
.064
.032.012.006.002
WEI
GHT
(lb)
TRAVEL (in)
0
10
20
60
30
40
50
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
A- 100 Million Inches of TravelB- 200 Million Inches of Travel
B
A
LOAD VS. LIFE DEFLECTION
SEB24 WITH 5/8" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
WEI
GHT
(lb)
TRAVEL (in)0
02 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
10
20
70
30
40
50
.064.032.012.006.002
60
20 22 24
TRAVEL (in)
LOAD VS. LIFE
WEI
GHT
(lb)
0
10
20
60
30
40
50
70
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
A- 100 Million Inches of TravelB- 200 Million Inches of Travel
B
A
DEFLECTION
Revised performance graphs: SDB & SEB 24
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL23
DATE: 7-4-95 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 4 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SD/SE
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
New Ball Bushings and Retaining Design on SD/SE Slides
Revised performance graphs: SDB & SEB 25
SDB25 WITH 3/4" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
WEI
GHT
(lb)
.064
.032.012.006.0020
10
20
70
30
40
50
60
TRAVEL (in)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
LOAD VS. LIFE
WEI
GHT
(lb)
TRAVEL (in)
0
20
40
100
60
80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
A- 100 Million Inches of TravelB- 200 Million Inches of Travel
B
A
DEFLECTION
222018161412108642 24
0
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
WEI
GHT
(lb)
TRAVEL (in)
SEB25 WITH 3/4" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
.064.032.012.005.002
WEI
GHT
(lb)
TRAVEL (in)
LOAD VS. LIFE140
120
100
80
60
40
20
00 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
A- 100 Million Inches of TravelB- 200 Million Inches of Travel
B
A
DEFLECTION
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL23
DATE: 7-4-95 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 5 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SD/SE
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
New Ball Bushings and Retaining Design on SD/SE Slides
Revised performance graphs: SDB & SEB 26
TRAVEL (in)
60
SDB26 WITH 1" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
50
40
30
20
10
00 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
WEI
GHT
(lb) .064
.032.016.009.005.002
WEI
GHT
(lb)
TRAVEL (in)
LOAD VS. LIFE
100
18
150
200
50
016141210 20 2286420
A- 100 Million Inches of TravelB- 200 Million Inches of Travel
B
A
DEFLECTION
TRAVEL (in)
SEB26 WITH 1" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
WEI
GHT
(lb)
1816141210 20 2286420 24 26 28
6070
80
90
100
110120
130
50
40
30
20
10
0
140
160
150
.064.032.016.009.005.002
WEI
GHT
(lb)
TRAVEL (in)
LOAD VS. LIFE
100
150
200
50
01816141210 20 2286420 24 26 28
A- 100 Million Inches of TravelB- 200 Million Inches of Travel
B
A
DEFLECTION
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL24
DATE: 7-4-95 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: Series R with Shocks
Make note in your catalog and inform your customer when ordering Series R Slides with shockabsorbers.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Restricted Shock Mounting on Series R Slides
Typically shock absorbers can be mounted on the same side of Series R Slides. However, there are somerestrictions based on the slide's travel length. Shown below are the minimum travel lengths on Series R Slides that allowthe shock absorbers to be mounted on the same side of the unit.
Units with shorter travel lengths do require shocks to be mounted on opposite sides of the slide.
TOP VIEW with Shocks on Same Side
MODEL MINIMUM TRAVELRS04 5"RS06 5"RS08 4"RS10 4"
SD & SE Shock Absorber Catalog Data Correction
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL25
DATE: 12-8-95 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SD/SE SLIDES
None.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Page 25 (Catalog S002)Shock Absorber part numbers shown on the bottom of page 25 are old part numbers and should notbe used. The new numbers are shown on page 28.
Page 28 (Catalog S002)Shock Absorber thread type shown on the top of page 28 should be imperial threads instead of themetric threads that are called out.
PHD still has some inventory on the “old” shock absorbers and will honor orders for these until thestock is depleted. Orders after that date will be converted to the new numbers shown on page 28 ofCatalog S002.
These changes apply to Catalog S002 and will be shown correctly in PHD's complete Catalog 96.
PHD SHOCK ACESLIDE ABSORBER CONTROLS ENIDINE*
MODEL SIZE (ACE CONTROLS) PART NO. PART NO.SD/SE 22, 23 54007-04-1 MS-200-1777 SP-9304
24, 25, 26 54007-05-1 MS-500-1778 SP-9305
OLDNUMBERS
NEW (CORRECT)NUMBERS
SHOCKABSORBER
WEIGHT(Lbs)0.250.250.670.670.67
ETCTOTAL ENERGY
PER HOUR(In. Lbs/hour)
400,000400,000600,000600,000600,000
ET
TOTAL ENERGY PER CYCLE
(In. Lbs)4080140220415
THREADTYPE
3/4-16 UNF3/4-16 UNF1-12 UNF1-12 UNF1-12 UNF
STROKE(In)0.750.751.001.001.00
PHD SHOCKABSORBER
NO.57057-02-x57057-02-x57057-03-x57057-03-x57057-03-x
SLIDESIZE2223242526
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
- TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL26
DATE: 2-9-96 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES B, R, & T SLIDES
None.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
-H to -H1 Option Code ChangeIn an effort to maintain consistency and eliminate confusion, PHD is standardizing on the option code“-H1” for designating the “slide only” option. This change applies to Series B, R, & T Slides whichformerly used the “-H” callout. The “-H1” callout is now consistent with the newer slides (Series SD &SE and SG). Catalog 96 and future price lists will reflect this code change.
TS 03 1 x 2 x 1 - - M-V
MODELTS - Slide - 150 psi Air max.TH - Slide - 150 psi Hyd. max.TT - Tandem - Air/oil cylinder with 150 psi Air max.
TOOL PLATE EXTENSIONAdditional distance between tool plate andbearing block in 1" increments. Leaveblank if no additional extension is required.
CYLINDER OPTIONS
A
H1BDEMV
- Slide with no cylinder supplied- Shock Pads on both ends (TS Models only)- Cushions on both ends (TS Models only)- Magnetic Piston (Hall Effect)- Magnetic Piston (Reed)- Viton Seals
NOW -H1EXAMPLE:
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
- TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL27
DATE: 7-1-96 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 4 � MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES S SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Design Change on Series SA/SB 03, 04 and 06 SlidesAnd Standardization of -R1 Close Fit Dowel Pin Holes on All Sizes
PHD has begun phasing in design revisions to the Sx03, Sx04, and Sx06 size slides. The phase-inperiod for the Sx03 and Sx06 sizes began July 1, 1996 and the anticipated date for the Sx04 size isSeptember 1, 1996. The design changes to the slides maintain the same mounting pattern, allowinga direct interchange with the previous design. Option -R1 (Close Fit Dowel Pin holes in the slidebody) is now standard on all sizes of Series SA and SB Slides.
PHD will publish a complete catalog and parts list in September once the Sx04 size phase-in iscompleted.
Page 2 Ordering Data RevisionsPage 3 Dimensional RevisionsPage 4 Dimensional and Specification Revisions
REQUIRED ACTION:None Required. PHD will convert orders to the new units and kits as needed. You may want to letyour customers know, to minimize questions and confusion.
Option -R1 (Close Fit DowelPin Holes in the Slide Body)is now standard on all sizes.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
- TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL27
DATE: 7-1-96 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 4 � MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES S SLIDES
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Design Change on Series SA/SB 03, 04 and 06 SlidesAnd Standardization of -R1 Close Fit Dowel Pin Holes on All Sizes
Also affected by the designchanges are the Proximity Switchready kits and Shock pad andCollar Kits. Listed at left are thenew kit numbers where applicable.
-R1 OPTION WAS REMOVED FROMTHE ORDERING DATA.
IT IS NOW STANDARD ON ALL UNITS.
01 2 702 2 703 3 804 4 906 3 8
KIT NUMBERIMPERIAL METRIC
19451 1945619452 1945760399 6089060581 6120759037 61191
UNITSIZE0102030406
UNITSIZE0102030406
J1
J2
Q1Q6R2
Z1
01 - 5/16" bore cylinder with3/16" diameter guide shaft,5 mm diameter guide shaft
02 - 3/8" bore cylinder with1/4" diameter guide shaft6 mm diameter guide shaft
03 - 12 mm bore cylinder with10 mm diameter guide shaft
04 - 20 mm bore cylider with16 mm diameter guide shaft
06 - 32 mm bore cylinder with20 mm diameter guide shaft
SA
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Series, Size, Design No., Slide Travel,and Options.
01 3 x
DESIGN NO.SIZE IMPERIAL UNITS METRIC UNITS
SIZE IMPERIAL TRAVEL
1-1/2
1) Shock pads are standard on retract only forsizes 01, 02, and 03.Shock pads are located on guide shafts.Shock pads are standard on extend and retractfor sizes 04 and 06.Retract shock pads are located on the guide shafts.Extend shock pad is located internally on the piston.
2) Stop collars are recommended for high cycle speedapplications and high load applications. Extend shockpads are included with the stop collars to remove theimpact load from the piston rod. Stop collars may beused as travel adjustment.
3) Barb fittings are included with 01, 02, and 03 size slides.
NOTES:
Q1-
01 - 1/2, 1, 1-1/202 - 1/2, 1, 1-1/203 - 1/2, 1, 1-1/204 - 1, 2, 306 - 1, 2, 3
Tolerance for Travellength is + .060, – .000.
SA - Standard mounting holes in tool plateSB - Mounting holes in tool plate for PHD
Transition PlatesNOTE: See Dimension pages of Catalog 96 forlocations and tolerances of dowel pin holes.
SERIES
SIZE inMETRIC TRAVEL
01 - 12, 25, 4002 - 12, 25, 4003 - 12, 25, 4004 - 25, 50, 7506 - 25, 50, 75
Tolerance for Strokelength is +.1.0, -0.0
See page 5-11 of Catalog 96 or page4 of this bulletin for more information.
COLLAR AND SHOCK PAD KITSPROXIMITY SWITCH READY KITS
For use with Series 5580 6 mmHall Effect Switches. See page5-11 of Catalog 96 or page 4 ofthis bulletin for more information.
KIT NUMBERIMPERIAL METRIC
55967 1946655969 1946760417 6042060584 6060860363 59824
SIZE in
OPTIONS- Close fit dowel pin holes in the tool plate
(Standard on metric units)- Normal fit dowel pin holes in the tool plate
(For imperial units only)- Corrosion resistant guide shafts, raw ends- Total corrosion resistant guide shafts- Normal fit dowel pin holes in the slide body
(For imperial units only)- Electroless nickel plating of ferrous parts
To reflect the changes to the Sx03, Sx04, and Sx06 sizes, the design number has been changed.Shaded areas indicate changes to the ordering data.
Following are new dimensional drawings for the Series S Slides.Shaded areas indicate changes from the previous design.
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SA & SB SLIDES
MOU
NTIN
G HO
LES:
CEN
TERE
D ON
DES
IGNA
TED
CENT
ERLI
NE**
DOW
EL P
IN H
OLES
TOL
ERAN
CE IS
± .0
005
[±.0
127]
***-
J1 IS
STA
NDAR
D ON
MET
RIC
UNIT
S ON
LY
Sx01
2
[Sx0
17]
Sx02
2
[Sx0
27]
Sx03
3
[Sx0
38]
Sx04
4
[Sx0
49]
Sx06
3
[Sx0
68]
AA (-
J1)
CLOS
E FI
T
D4X
K T
HREA
D TH
RU
EF
2X Ø
AA
± .0
005
(-J1
)***
[+0.
025/
.000
]DOW
EL P
INOP
TION
AL G
G DI
M(F
OR -J
2 OP
TION
)
V ±
.002
[±.0
5]
C **
C **
4X Y
THR
EAD
FROM
OPP
OSIT
ESI
DE C
'BOR
EFR
OM T
HIS
SIDE
FOR
Q SH
CS2X
BB
PORT 2X
Ø X
SHA
FT
2X Ø
AA
± .0
005
STAN
DARD
[+.0
25/.0
00] D
OWEL
PIN
FRO
MOP
POSI
TE S
IDE
OF U
NIT
OPTI
ONAL
GG
DIM
(FOR
-R2
OPTI
ON)
SHOC
K PA
D RE
F
V ±
.002
NR
W
2X T
HREA
DED
HOLE
FOR
PROX
IMIT
Y SW
ITCH
BRA
CKET
SEE
OPTI
ON P
AGE
FOR
DETA
IL
A +
TRAV
ELP
RETR
ACTE
DO
BC
S
U +
TRAV
EL
G
CC
DD
H/2
HL
SLID
EM
ODEL
GG (-
J2, -
R2)
NORM
AL F
IT
.063
4
[2 x
4DP
]
.094
7
[2.5
x 5
DP]
.125
9
[3 x
6 D
P]
.188
4
[4 x
8 D
P]
.250
9
[6 x
12
DP]
.064
5
—
.095
8
—
.127
0
—
.189
5
—
.252
0
—
DOW
EL P
IN H
OLE
THRU
DIA
AND
C'B
ORE
FOR
EE S
HCS
FROM
OPPO
SITE
SID
E4
PLAC
ES
FF
G
PRE
TRAC
TED
O
SHOC
K PA
D RE
F
SERI
ES S
B
M
SLOT
FOR
PRO
XIM
ITY
SWIT
CHSE
E OP
TION
PAG
E FO
R DE
TAIL T Z
J
C L
C L
C L
C L
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
BM
ODEL
BORE
SIZE
Sx01
2
[Sx0
17]
Sx02
2
[Sx0
27]
Sx03
3
[Sx0
38]
Sx04
4
[Sx0
49]
Sx06
3
[Sx0
68]
DD .031 [1]
.062 [2]
.094
[2.5]
.125 [4]
.125 [3]
CC .27
[8]
.52
[14]
.769 [20]
1.14
5
[28]
1.52
[38.5
]
Z N/A
[N/A
]
.625
[17.5
]
.866 [22]
1.12
5
[28.5
]
1.49
6
[38]
Y
4-40
x .2
5 DP
[M3
x .5
x 8 D
P]
6-32
x .3
75 D
P
[M4
x .7
x 10
DP]
10-2
4 x
.5 D
P
[M5
x .8
x 12.
5 DP
]
1/4-
20 x
.625
DP
[M6
x 1 x
16 D
P]
5/16
-18
x .8
75 D
P
[M8
x 1.2
5 x 2
0 DP
]
X
.188 [5]
.25
[6]
.394 [10]
.472 [12]
.787 [20]
W 1 [26]
1.12
5
[30]
1.61
4
[41]
2.12
6
[54]
2.87
5
[73]
V
.219 [6]
.25
[7]
.369
[9.5]
.438 [12]
.594
[15.5
]
U
.438 [12]
.438 [12]
.558
[14.5
]
.709 [18]
.884 [22]
T N/A
[N/A
]
.375 [9]
.512 [13] .75
[19]
.974 [24]
S .281 [7]
.312 [8]
.438 [11]
.625 [15]
.844 [21]
R .375
[9.5]
.375 [10] .5 [12]
.594 [15]
.625 [16]
Q
#2 x
.245
DP
[M2.5
]
#4 x
.23
DP
[M3]
#6 x
.198
DP
[M4]
#10
x .2
15 D
P
[M5]
1/4
x .2
75 D
P
[M6]
P .437
[11.5
]
.437
[11.5
]
.562
[15.5
]
.875 [23]
1.19
7
[31]
O .375 [10]
.375 [10] .5 [14] .75
[20] 1.0
[26]
N .5 [13]
.469 [12]
.625 [15] .75
[19]
.813 [21]
M .515 [14] .75
[20]
.973 [25]
1.34
3
[34]
1.78
8
[45]
L
.515 [14]
.781 [21]
1.00
8
[26]
1.49
5
[38]
1.98
6
[49.5
]
K
3-48
[ M2.
5 x .
45]
4-40
[M3 x
.5]
6-32
[M4 x
.7]
10-2
4
[M5 x
.8]
1/4-
20
[M6 x
1]
J
.515 [14] .75
[20]
.973 [25]
1.43
5
[36]
1.94
6
[48.5
]
H .438 [12]
.625 [16]
.812 [21]
1.25 [30]
1.75 [44]
G .25
[8]
.375 [10] .5 [14] .75
[20] 1 [26]
F
1.37
5
[36]
1.62
5
[44]
2.24
4
[57] 3 [76]
3.39
8
[100
]
E .625 [16] .75
[20] 1 [26] 1.5
[40] 2 [52]
D .25
[7]
.375 [10] .5 [13] .75
[19] 1 [25]
C**
.562 [14]
.625 [16]
.875 [22]
1.25 [30]
1.68
8
[42]
.562 [14]
.562 [14]
.562 [14]
.625 [18]
.812 [22]
A
1.12
5
[30]
1.12
5
[30]
1.37
5
[35]
1.87
5
[48]
2.12
6
[54]
5/16 [8]
3/8
[10]
[12]
[12]
[20]
[20]
[20]
[32]
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
FF .375 [8] .5 [10] .75
[14] 1 [20] 1.5
[26]
EE
#3 x
.115
DP
[10]
#4 x
.115
DP
[10]
#6 x
.23
DP
[18]
#10
x .2
15 D
P
[24]
1/4
x .3
55 D
P
[38]
BB 3-56
[M3 x
.5]
10-3
2
[M5 x
.8]
10-3
2
[M5 x
.8]
1/8
NPT
[G1/8
BSP
]
1/8
NPT
[G1/8
BSP
]
Num
bers
in [
] are
in m
m o
r for
met
ric u
nits
.
PRESSURE RATINGSAll Series S Slides have a maximum working pressure rating of
150 psi air and are for pneumatic use only.
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES S SLIDES
.625 [N/A]
.688 [18.0]
.875 [22.2]
1.125 [28.5]
1.500 [38.0]
01
02
03*
04*
06*
19456
19457
60890
61207
61191
UNITSIZE
EACH COLLAR AND SHOCK PAD KITCONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
2 STEEL SHAFT COLLARS 2 SHOCK PADS 2 SHCS
LETTER DIMENSION [mm]KIT NUMBERIMPERIAL METRIC A
.365 [9.0]
.437 [13.0]
.591 [15.0]
.875 [22.2]
1.125 [28.5]
B.062 [1.5]
.062 [1.5]
.062 [1.5]
.118 [3.0]
.197 [5.0]
C.312 [8.0]
.312 [8.0]
.433 [11.0]
.511 [13.0]
.590 [15.0]
D
.625 DIA
Sx012 MODEL ONLY
.458.229
[13.0][6.5]
[6.0]
Sx017 MODEL ONLY
[16.0]
19451
19452
60399
60581
59037
*NEW DESIGN KITS ONLY. CANNOT BE USED FOR PHASED OUT DESIGNS.
REED SWITCHES
19466
19467
60420
60608
59824
55967
55969
60417
60584
60363
01
02
03*
04*
06*
UNITSIZE
KIT NUMBERIMPERIAL METRIC
EACH PROXIMITY SWITCH READY KITCONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
1 TARGET PIN WITH MAGNET2 STEEL SHAFT COLLARS
(ONE WITH MAGNETIC TARGET)2 SHOCK PADS2 SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKETS2 4-40 x .500 SHCS
SERIES 5580 SWITCHES AREORDERED SEPARATELY.
MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION55803-1-0255804-1-02
55823-155824-1
NPN 4.5 - 24 VDC WITH 2 METER CABLEPNP 4.5 - 24 VDC WITH 2 METER CABLENPN 4.5 - 24 VDC WITH QUICK CONNECTPNP 4.5 - 24 VDC WITH QUICK CONNECT
MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION
18431-001-02
18431-002-02
NPN 10 - 30 VDCWITH 2 METER CABLE
PNP 10 - 30 VDCWITH 2 METER CABLE
SEE SECTION 7 OF CATALOG 96 FORSWITCH INFORMATION
.225[5.5]
TARGET FORRETRACT SENSING
PROXIMITY SWITCH
.135 [3.5]1.18 [30.0]
STEEL SHAFT COLLAR IS TARGET FOREXTEND SENSING PROXIMITY SWITCH
OPTIONAL6 mm [2 m] SQUARE PROXIMITYSWITCH WITH 6 FT CABLE LENGTH
.408[10.5]
.204 [5.0]
.500 [12.5].337 [8.5]
.296[7.5]
PROXIMITY SWITCHMOUNTING BRACKET
2X .250 WIDE SLOT x .015 DEEP[6.5 x 0.38]
4-40 x .500 SHCS[M3 x 0.5 x 16.0]
*NEW DESIGN KITS ONLY. CANNOT BE USED FOR PHASED OUT DESIGNS.
HALL EFFECT SWITCHES 6mm SQUARE INDUCTIVEPROXIMITY SWITCH
MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION
55802-1-02
55822-1
NPN OR PNP 4.5 - 24 VDCWITH 2 METER CABLE
NPN OR PNP 4.5 - 24 VDCWITH QUICK CONNECT
SHOCK PAD
SHCS SHAFT COLLAR
D DIA
CB
A DIA
PROXIMITY SWITCH READY KITS
COLLAR AND SHOCK PAD KITS
OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND SEALSThe standard slide has Buna-N seals for general use between
-20° and +180°F. They are compatible with standard paraffin-basedhydraulic oil used for lubrication of air cylinders.
Numbers in [ ] are in mm or for metric units.
Following are affected changes to specifications on the revised sizes. Shaded areas indicatechanges from the previous design.
SPECIFICATIONS
GUIDE EFFECTIVE PISTON LOAD CAPACITY lb [N] UNIT WEIGHT lb [g]UNIT BORE SHAFTS AREA in2 [cm2] ATTACHED UNATTACHED STATIC TRAVELSIZE in [cm2] in [cm2] EXTEND RETRACT DYNAMIC DYNAMIC 1/2 [12] 1 [25] 1-1/2 [40] 2 [50] 3 [75]
01 5/16 [8.0] 3/16 [5.0] .076 [0.49] .057 [0.36] .375 [1.5] 1.88 [8.0] 3.75 [16.50] .188 [85] .240 [109] .294 [133] — — — —
02 3/8 [9.5] 1/4 [6.0] .110 [0.71] .082 [0.53] .75 [3.0] 3.75 [16.50] 7.50 [33.0] .294 [133] .388 [176] .480 [218] — — — —
03 .472 [12.0] .394 [10.0] .175 [1.13] .132 [0.85] 2.00 [8.50] 10.00 [44.0] 20.00 [88.0] .562 [255] .718 [325] .875 [397] — — — —
04 .787 [20.0] .472 [12.0] .487 [3.14] .409 [2.64] 5.00 [22.0] 25.00[111.0] 50.00 [222.0] — — 1.637 [742] — — 2.216 [1005] 2.794 [1267]
06 1.260 [32.0] .787 [20.0] 1.247 [8.05] 1.071 [6.91] 10.00 [44.50] 50.00[222.0] 100.00[444.0] — — 3.494[1585] — — 4.598 [2085] 5.700[2585]
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
- TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL28
DATE: 7-1-96 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SK/SL SLIDES
None. PHD will flag any orders received.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Revised Minimum Travel on SK/SL SlidesThe ordering data for Series SK/SL Slides in Catalog 96 incorrectly shows minimum travel lengthsoffered in addition to minimum travel lengths available. Shown below in shaded areas are correctminimum travel lengths available.
SLIDE SHAFT SIZETYPE SIZE DIA. (mm)
C 51 8D 51 10 (oversize)C 52 10D 52 12 (oversize)C 53 12D 53 16 (oversize)C 54 16D 54 20 (oversize)C 55 20D 55 25 (oversize)C 66 25D 66 30 (oversize)E 66 35 (oversize)
SIZE SERIES K SERIES L51 25 mm to 300 mm 25 mm to 300 mm52 25 mm to 300 mm 25 mm to 300 mm53 25 mm to 300 mm 25 mm to 450 mm54 50 mm to 450 mm 50 mm to 600 mm55 50 mm to 450 mm 50 mm to 600 mm66 50 mm to 550 mm 50 mm to 700 mm
Available in 5 mm increments. Minimum travelrequired for all SK or SL Slides for use with ISOcylinders is:Size 51 25 mm Size 54 50 mmSize 52 25 mm Size 55 50 mmSize 53 25 mm Size 66 50 mm
Slide travel will be 0.5 to 1.0 mm less than theISO cylinder stroke on -H11 or -H12 units whenproperly adjusted.
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Product, Series, Type, Slide Size, Slide Travel, and Options.
x –x –
NOTES:1) -BR not available with tool plate extension.2) *Unit dimensions are affected by these options. See Catalog 96 drawings for complete details. Shock
pads come standard with the travel adjustment options and do not need to be specified separately whentravel adjustment is ordered.
3) **Shock absorber ready options include shock absorber stop brackets mounted on the shaft, a stopcollar on the opposite shaft, and threaded holes in the slide body for mounting the shock.
4) Cylinder Proximity Switch Mounting Brackets and Shock Absorbers must be ordered separately.
K- Short bodyL - Long body
PRODUCTS - Slide
SERIES
SLIDE TRAVEL
DB- Adjustable cushions on extension and retraction*E - Hall Effect magnetic pistonM - Reed switch magnetic piston
WITH CYLINDER OPTIONS
This option is required for slide with user supplied ISO Cylinder.H11- Slide for VDMA/ISO cylinders (54, 55, and 66 sizes only)H12- Slide for ISO cylinder (51, 52, and 53 sizes only)
WITHOUT CYLINDER OPTION
AE - Travel adjustment and shock pads on extension*AR - Travel adjustment and shock pads on retraction*BR - Shock pads on retraction*BS - Shock pads on extension for use with options GM or GO onlyBT - Shock pads on retraction for use with option GN or GO onlyGG - Travel adjustment and shock pads on extension with provisions
for proximity switches in both directions*GH - Travel adjustment and shock pads on retraction with provisions
for proximity switches on retractionGI - Travel adjustments, shock pads and provisions for proximity
switches on both endsGM - Shock absorber ready on extension**GN - Shock absorber ready on retraction**GO - Shock absorber ready on extension and retraction**GV - Side mounting holes in position number 2Q1 - Corrosion resistant guide shafts (ends unplated)
SLIDE OPTIONSAdditional distance between tool plate andbearing body in 1 mm increments. Leaveblank if additional extension is not required.Minimum tool plate extension for all SKslides only with ISO cylinders is 50 mm, iftool extension is required.
TOOL PLATE EXTENSION
SLIDES WITH TCCOMPOSITE BUSHINGS
SLIDES WITH LINEARBALL BUSHINGS
53BKS
SLIDE SHAFT SIZETYPE SIZE DIA. (mm)
B 51 8B 52 10B 53 12B 54 16B 55 20B 66 25
With Cylinder Example: S K B 5 3 x 1 0 0 - E - A R - G M - B SWithout Cylinder Example: S K B 5 3 x 1 0 0 - H 1 2 - A R - G M - B S
DB – E25100 AR – GM – BS
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL29
DATE: 2/13/98 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SA/SB
Inform current customers of SA/SB 033 and 038 of this modification.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Snap Ring Groove Modification
A modification has been made toSeries SA/SB 033 and 038 size slide.The snap ring groove holding theinternal bushing in the body has beenmoved back .050" to provide a morerobust design. To accommodate this,the bushing has been shortened by.050". This revision to the body will bephased-in as current inventory isdepleted. To support this modification,all repair kits currently being shippedcontain the shortened bushing withtwo seal retainers. When repairingunits in the field, two seal retainerswill be required for pre-modifiedbodies, and one seal retainer formodified bodies. Again, this affectsonly the series 03 slides.
® REPAIR KIT FORSERIES: SA033 & SA038
SB033 & SB038
PACKER # 6441-270
Due to design changes to the bushing and body, some units may require theuse of 2 seal retainers, which are included with this kit. The original may haveused only 1 seal retainer. See assembly instructions below.
Insert the new bushing, rod seal, bushing and cap seal, and seal retainer intothe slide body. If a gap of more than .050 or 1.27 mm (equal to the thicknessof 1 seal retainer) exists between the seal retainer and the snap ring groove,the second seal retainer is required.
BUSHING
POSSIBLE .050 OR 1.27 mm GAP
SEALRETAINER
SNAP RINGGROOVE
BUSHING AND CAP SEAL
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL30
DATE: 5/29/98 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SA AND SB
Inform future purchasers of the size SA017 and SB017 slides.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Mounting Screw Size Change
Effective immediately, PHD has changed the specification of the socket head cap screw size formounting the SA017 and SB017 slides. An M2 socket head cap screw is now specified from theprevious M2.5. Reference page 5B-4 in Catalog 98.
DD
.031
[1]
.062
[2]
.094
[2.5]
.125
[4]
.125
[3]
CC
.27
[8]
.52
[14]
.769
[20]
1.145
[28]
1.52
[38.5]
AA
—
[2 x 4 DP]
—
[2.5 x 5 DP]
—
[3 x 6 DP]
—
[4 x 8 DP]
—
[6 x 12 DP]
Z
N/A
[N/A]
.625
[17.5]
.866
[22]
1.125
[28.5]
1.496
[38]
Y
4-40 x .25 DP
[M3 x .5 x 8 DP]
6-32 x .375 DP
[M4 x .7 x 10 DP]
10-24 x .5 DP
[M5 x .8 x 12.5 DP]
1/4-20 x .625 DP
[M6 x 1 x 16 DP]
5/16-18 x .875 DP
[M8 x 1.25 x 20 DP]
X
.188
[5]
.25
[6]
.394
[10]
.472
[12]
.787
[20]
W
1
[26]
1.125
[30]
1.614
[41]
2.126
[54]
2.875
[73]
V
.219
[6]
.25
[7]
.369
[9.5]
.438
[12]
.594
[15.5]
U
.438
[12]
.438
[12]
.558
[14.5]
.709
[18]
.884
[22]
T
N/A
[N/A]
.375
[9]
.512
[13]
.75
[19]
.974
[24]
S
.281
[7]
.312
[8]
.438
[11]
.625
[15]
.844
[21]
R
.375
[9.5]
.375
[10]
.5
[12]
.594
[15]
.625
[16]
Q
#2 x .245 DP
[M2]
#4 x .23 DP
[M3]
#6 x .198 DP
[M4]
#10 x .215 DP
[M5]
1/4 x .275 DP
[M6]
P
.437
[11.5]
.437
[11.5]
.562
[15.5]
.875
[23]
1.197
[31]
O
.375
[10]
.375
[10]
.5
[14]
.75
[20]
1.0
[26]
N
.5
[13]
.469
[12]
.625
[15]
.75
[19]
.813
[21]
M
.515
[14]
.75
[20]
.973
[25]
1.343
[34]
1.788
[45]
L
.515
[14]
.781
[21]
1.008
[26]
1.495
[38]
1.986
[49.5]
K
3-48
[M2.5 x .45]
4-40
[M3 x .5]
6-32
[M4 x .7]
10-24
[M5 x .8]
1/4-20
[M6 x 1]
J
.515
[14]
.75
[20]
.973
[25]
1.435
[36]
1.946
[48.5]
H
.438
[12]
.625
[16]
.812
[21]
1.25
[30]
1.75
[44]
G
.25
[8]
.375
[10]
.5
[14]
.75
[20]
1
[26]
F
1.375
[36]
1.625
[44]
2.244
[57]
3
[76]
3.938
[100]
E
.625
[16]
.75
[20]
1
[26]
1.5
[40]
2
[52]
D
.25
[7]
.375
[10]
.5
[13]
.75
[19]
1
[25]
C**
.562
[14]
.625
[16]
.875
[22]
1.25
[30]
1.688
[42]
B
.562
[14]
.562
[14]
.562
[14]
.625
[18]
.812
[22]
A
1.125
[30]
1.125
[30]
1.375
[35]
1.875
[48]
2.126
[54]
BORESIZE
5/16
[8]
3/8
[10]
[12]
[12]
[20]
[20]
[32]
[32]
MODELSx012
[Sx017]
Sx022
[Sx027]
Sx033
[Sx038]
Sx044
[Sx049]
Sx063
[Sx068]
LETTER DIMENSIONFF
.375
[10]
.5
[10]
.75
[18]
1
[24]
1.5
[38]
EE
#3 x .115 ± .010 DP
[M2 x 2.62 ± .25 DP]
#4 x .115 ± .010 DP
[M3 x 3.63 ± .25 DP]
#6 x .230 ± .020 DP
[M4 x 4.65 ± .50 DP]
#10 x .215 ± .020 DP
[M5 x 5.61 ± .50 DP]
1/4 x .355 ± .020 DP
[M6 x 6.63 ± .50 DP]
BB
3-56
[M3 x .5]
10-32
[M5 x .8]
10-32
[M5 x .8]
1/8 NPT
[G1/8 BSP]
1/8 NPT
[G1/8 BSP]
CLC*
4X Y THREADFROM OPPOSITE
SIDE C'BOREFROM THIS SIDE
FOR Q SHCS 2X BB PORT
2X Ø X SHAFT
SHOCK PAD REF
V ± .002 [± .05]
N R
W
2X THREADED HOLE FORPROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKETSEE OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL
A + TRAVELPRETRACTED
O B CS
U + TRAVEL
2X Ø AA ± .0005 STANDARD[+.025/.000] DOWEL PIN FROMOPPOSITE SIDE OF UNITOPTIONAL GG DIM(FOR -R2 OPTION)
Numbers in [ ] are in mm or for metric units.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL31
DATE: 8/27/99 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SK AND SL
Inform current customers of this product's changes.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Design Change to Series SK/SL Slides
Effective October 1999, PHD will implement a design change to sizes 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 on SeriesSK/SL. Size 1 will not be affected. The significant change involves replacing the existingcylinders with the Series CV ISO Cylinders. Following are comparison charts showing the majorchanges in bore size, effective piston area, and slide length. PHD will release a revised catalogupon implementation of the redesign.
BORE Ø EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA mm2 KK DIMEXTEND RETRACT SK SL
OLD NEW OLD NEW OLD NEW OLD NEW OLD NEWSIZE 2 25.4 20 507 314 436 264 108 116 140 148SIZE 3 28.6 25 642 491 572 412 111 125 146 160SIZE 4 38.1 32 1142 804 944 691 155.5 148 192.5 185SIZE 5 50.8 40 2030 1257 1830 1056 159 166 199 206SIZE 6 63.5 50 3170 1963 2970 1649 173.5 178 223.5 228
DIMENSIONS IN ARE IN mm.
UNIT
KK + TRAVEL
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL32
DATE: 3-5-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SGxM
Inform potential customers of the Series SGxM of these revisions.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Design Change to Series SGxM SlidesAs a result of a vendor change, effective immediately the Series SGxM Slide’s design number has beenchanged from -2 to -3 for imperial units and from -6 to -7 for metric. Specifically, the changes affectdimensions of the switches, brackets, and switch mounting grooves on the rodless cylinder. The followingpages indicate updated ordering data, dimensional drawings, elimination of the L4 option, and switch partnumbers and associated data.
In addition, revisions to calculations for determining maximum static loads are included. This change is aseparate issue not associated with the above revisions.
Shaded areas indicate revised data to section 5D of Catalog 2002. Please keep this bulletin with your catalogfor future reference.
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Product, Series, Type, Cylinder Option,Design No., Size, Travel, and Options.
NOTES:1) All units are shock absorber ready as standard. Shock absorber
kits are ordered separately. See Slides section of PHD’s maincatalog for complete ordering information.
2) Shock absorbers are not plated with -Z1 option.3) SGxM cylinder section comes standard with cushions and
magnetic piston on both ends.4) Option -CB provides targets for use with 8 mm barrel
proximity switches.5) See page 14 for directions nominated extension and retraction
when ordering -BE or -BR options.6) Option -BB and -BR are not available together with shock
absorbers.7) See pages 16 and 17 for switch information.
x –
DESIGN NO.3 - Imperial7 - Metric
3 3 6 BB – Q1 – Z1
SLIDE OPTIONSBB - Shock Pad both directionsBE - Shock Pad on extensionBR - Shock Pad on retractionCB - Proximity Switch ready both ends (See Note 4)GY - Saddle mounting in position 1
(Not available on size 3 slide)L6 - Lube fitting in saddle in position 3Q1 - Corrosion-resistant guide shafts (ends unplated)Z1 - Electroless nickel plated ferrous metal parts
TYPEB - Standard linear
ball bushing,standard shaft
C - TC bushing,standard shaft
D - TC bushing,oversize shaft
PRODUCTS - Slide
GS B
SERIESG - Gantry
CYLINDER OPTIONM - Rodless cylinder mounted
M
SLIDE TRAVEL (in)SIZE IMPERIAL UNITS23 1 to 1624 1 to 2025 1 to 2426 1 to 36
Available in1/4" increments.
SLIDE TRAVEL [mm]SIZE METRIC UNITS63 25 to 40564 25 to 51065 25 to 61066 25 to 915
Available in5 mm increments.
SIZE3 - 25 mm rodless cylinder with 12 mm
shaft standard, 16 mm shaft oversize4 - 25 mm rodless cylinder with 16 mm
shaft standard, 20 mm shaft oversize5 - 32 mm rodless cylinder with 20 mm
shaft standard, 25 mm shaft oversize6 - 40 mm rodless cylinder with 25 mm
shaft standard, 30 mm shaft oversize
SHOCK ABSORBER KITS (See Note 1)SHOCK ABS. NO.
57858-01-x57858-02-x
SLIDE MODELSGxMx3
SGxMx4, SGxMx5, SGxMx6
H39–
-L4 and -R Options removed-Refer to Catalog 2002,Page 5D-24
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL32
DATE: 3-5-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SGxM
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
EE
B + TRAVEL
HH
GGII
A + TRAVELMM
MM
OOCL
NN
4X THRU Ø & COUNTERBOREFOR S SHCS
J
JJG
L
4X T THREAD THIS SIDE,COUNTERBORE FROM THE
OPPOSITE SIDE FORQ SHCS
R
E*
FP
M
O
2X Ø X1 SHAFT FORSGB & SGC UNITS
2X Ø X2 SHAFT FORSGD UNIT
C + TRAVEL
N
D
1/2 [12.7] MAX TRAVELADJUSTMENT
K BOTH ENDS
O
Ø R +.001/-.000[+.025/-.000] FORDOWEL PIN, U DP
W
2
1
4
3
CC
2X Ø Z +.001/-.000[+.025/-.000] FORDOWEL PIN, AA DP
CL
Y
I
1 [25.4] MAXTRAVEL
ADJUSTMENT
DD
LL + TRAVEL
2X KK THD THRUSHOCK MOUNTING HOLE
FF
H
6X BB PORTS
2X CUSHIONNEEDLE THISSIDE ONLY
E*
*DIMENSION E IS FROM CENTERLINE OF GUIDE SHAFT.
EXTENSION END RETRACTION END
CANTILEVERSK/SLxx72SK/SLxx73SK/SLxx74SK/SLxx75
GANTRYSGxx73SGxx74SGxx75SGxx76
DOWEL PINSØ 8mm x 20Ø 8mm x 20Ø 8mm x 20Ø 8mm x 20
SHCSM6 x 45mmM8 x 55mm
M10 x 60mmM12 x 70mm
STANDARD65578-02-165578-03-165578-04-165578-05-1
-Z1 OPTION 65578-02-265578-03-265578-04-265578-05-2
MODULAR DESIGN HARDWARE HARDWARE KITS
SERIES SK/SL SLIDE TO SERIES SG WITH RODLESS CYLINDER SLIDE
Refer to Catalog 2002,Page 5D-26
Refer to Catalog 2002,Page 5D-27
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL32
DATE: 3-5-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 3 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SGxM
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
TORSIONAL DEFLECTIONCALCULATIONS
TQ x (T + 3.996) x 3.261 x 10-5 = AngleTQ x (T + 3.996) x 1.033 x 10-5 = AngleTQ x (T + 4.744) x 1.033 x 10-5 = AngleTQ x (T + 4.744) x 4.225 x 10-6 = AngleTQ x (T + 5.750) x 4.225 x 10-6 = AngleTQ x (T + 5.750) x 1.731 x 10-6 = AngleTQ x (T + 6.750) x 1.731 x 10-6 = AngleTQ x (T + 6.750) x 8.342 x 10-7 = Angle
IMPERIAL UNITSGBM33, SGCM33SGDM33SGBM34, SGCM34SGDM34SGBM35, SGCM35SGDM35SGBM36, SGCM36SGDM36
TQ x (T + 101.5) x 1.136 x 10-5 = AngleTQ x (T + 101.5) x 3.600 x 10-6 = AngleTQ x (T + 120.5) x 3.600 x 10-6 = AngleTQ x (T + 120.5) x 1.472 x 10-6 = AngleTQ x (T + 146.0) x 1.472 x 10-6 = AngleTQ x (T + 146.0) x 6.031 x 10-7 = AngleTQ x (T + 171.5) x 6.031 x 10-7 = AngleTQ x (T + 171.5) x 2.906 x 10-7 = Angle
SGBM73, SGCM73SGDM73SGBM74, SGCM74SGDM74SGBM75, SGCM75SGDM75SGBM76, SGCM76SGDM76
METRIC UNIT
TQ = Torque in-lb [Nm] (L x Force)
T = Saddle travel inch [mm]Angle = Degrees
LFORCE
ANGLE
LFORCE
ANGLE
TQ x (T + 3.996)3 x 1.71 x 10-8 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 3.996)3 x 6.11 x 10-9 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 4.744)3 x 3.62 x 10-9 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 4.744)3 x 2.35 x 10-9 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 5.750)3 x 1.73 x 10-9 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 5.750)3 x 7.48 x 10-10 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 6.750)3 x 6.69 x 10-10 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 6.750)3 x 3.22 x 10-10 = Tangent of Angle
IMPERIAL UNITSGBM33, SGCM33SGDM33SGBM34, SGCM34SGDM34SGBM35, SGCM35SGDM35SGBM36, SGCM36SGDM36
TQ x (T + 101.5)3 x 9.23 x 10-12 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 101.5)3 x 3.30 x 10-12 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 120.5)3 x 1.96 x 10-12 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 120.5)3 x 1.27 x 10-12 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 146.0)3 x 9.34 x 10-13 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 146.0)3 x 4.04 x 10-13 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 171.5)3 x 3.61 x 10-13 = Tangent of AngleTQ x (T + 171.5)3 x 1.74 x 10-13 = Tangent of Angle
SGBM73, SGCM73SGDM73SGBM74, SGCM74SGDM74SGBM75, SGCM75SGDM75SGBM76, SGCM66SGDM76
METRIC UNIT
THESE CHANGES ARE NOT RELATEDTO CYLINDER DESIGN CHANGE
Refer to Catalog 2002,Page 5D-29
SGBMx3
SGCMx3
SGDMx3
SGBMx4
SGCMx4
SGDMx4
SGBMx5
SGCMx5
SGDMx5
SGBMx6
SGCMx6
SGDMx6
SLIDEMODEL
MAXIMUM LOADS
MAXIMUM STATIC ORSHOCK LOAD
MAXIMUMDYNAMIC LOAD
MAXIMUMSTATIC TORQUE
MAXIMUMDYNAMIC TORQUE
*This formula yields equivalent horizontal load value. See appropriate Load vs. Life graph on pages 5D-30 to 5D-33. T = Travel inch [m]**See appropriate TC Load vs. Life Graph for maximum loads on pages 5D-30 to 5d-33.
Nm41.4
13(T/2 + .0156)
30.9(T/2 + .0156)
269.7
36.9(T/2 + .0211)
72(T/2 + .0211)
521
79(T/2 + .0248)
154(T/2 + .0248)
754.7
170(T/2 + .0246)
294(T/2 + .0246)
in-lb366.7
4520(T/2 + .613)
10749(T/2 + .613)
2387
12868(T/2 + .830)
25087(T/2 + .830)
4611
27537(T/2 + .978)
53823(T/2 + .978)
6679
59139(T/2 + .967)
102244(T/2 + .967)
lb72
**
**
186
**
**
340
**
**
565
**
**
N1025
319.9(T/2 + .0156)
760.4(T/2 + .0156)
5560
760.4(T/2 + .0211)
1481(T/2 + .0211)
9785.6
1481(T/2 + .0248)
2903(T/2 + .0248)
12899.2
2903(T/2 + .0246)
5006(T/2 + .0246)
230
2834(T/2 + .613)
6739(T/2 + .613)
1250
6739(T/2 + .830)
13138(T/2 + .830)
2200
13138(T/2 + .978)
25679(T/2 + .978)
2900
25679(T/2 + .967)
44396(T/2 + .967)
lb N320.3
**
**
827.3
**
**
1512.3
**
**
2513.1
**
**
in-lb115
torque*1.595
torque*1.595
355
torque*1.909
torque*1.909
713
torque*2.096
torque*2.096
1301
torque*2.303
torque*2.303
Nm13
torque*.0405
torque*.0405
40.1
torque*.0485
torque*.0485
80.6
torque*.0532
torque*.0532
147
torque*.0585
torque*.0585
HORIZONTAL LOAD TORQUE LOAD
SHOCK PAD ON RETRACTIONBR CB PROXIMITY SWITCH READYBOTH ENDS
IMPERIAL[METRIC]
SGx33[SGx73]SGx34
[SGx74]SGx35
[SGx75]SGx36
[SGx76]
B1.10[28]1.10[28]1.10[28]1.10[28]
A.57
[14.5].57
[14.5].57
[14.5].57
[14.5]
C1.260[32]
1.476[37.5]1.693[43]
2.008[51]
D.354[9]
.354[9]
.315[8]
.315[8]
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units or in mm.
IMPERIAL[METRIC]
SGx33[SGx73]SGx34
[SGx74]SGx35
[SGx75]SGx36
[SGx76]
A6.693[170]7.441
[189.5]8.445
[214.5]9.449[240]
B.217[5.5].118[3]
.118[3]
.118[3]
C.354[9]
.354[9]
.354[9]
.354[9]
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units or in mm.
L6 LUBE FITTING IN SADDLE PORTPOSITION 3
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL32
DATE: 3-5-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 4 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SGxM
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
VERTICAL APPLICATIONSTEP 1: Application Data
Example: SGBM33 x 8 inch travel with an 8 lb payload
(WTM) Weight = 11.75 lb (Total Moving Weight)
(V) Velocity = 3 ft/sec (Speed of Travel)
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 1-1/8"
(P) Operating Pressure = 80 psig
(C) Cycles/Hour = 600 c/hr
HORIZONTAL APPLICATIONSTEP 1: Application Data
Example: SGBM35 x 18 inch travel and 22 lb payload
(WTM) Weight = 32 lb (Total Moving Weight)
(V) Velocity = 3 ft/sec (Speed of Travel)
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 1-1/2"
(P) Operating Pressure = 80 psi
(C) Cycles/Hr = 800 c/hr
WM = 8.50 + (.087 x 18 in)
WM = 10.0 lb
WTM = 10.0 + 22.0
WTM = 32.0 lb
Refer to Catalog 2002,Page 5D-40
Refer to Catalog 2002,Page 5D-41
Removed -L4 Option-Refer to Catalog 2002, Page 5D-37
Refer to Catalog 2002, Page 5D-36
SADDLE MOUNTING INPOSTITION 1GY
IMPERIAL[METRIC]
SGx34[SGx74]SGx35
[SGx75]SGx36
[SGx76]
A3.956
[100.5 mm]4.488
[114 mm]5.492
[139.5 mm]
B2.658
[67.5 mm]2.795
[71 mm]2.834
[72 mm]
C1/4-20 x .50
[M6 x 1.0 x 12 mm]5/16-18 x .50
[M8 x 1.25 x 12 mm]3/8-16 x .59
[M10 x 1.25 x 15 mm]Numbers in [ ] are for metric units or in mm.
Refer to Catalog 2002, Page 5D-37
HALL EFFECT SWITCH KITS (includes mounting hardware) REED SWITCH KITS (includes mounting hardware)
25mm - 40mm (mounting hardware included)
REED WIRING SCHEMATICS
PNP MODELSMODEL 72304-01, 72304-02, 72304-03
HALL WIRING SCHEMATICS
BROWN
BLUE DC
DC
BLACK LOAD1
4
3
BROWN
BLUE DC
DC
BLACK LOAD1
4
3
NPN MODELSMODEL 72304-04, 72304-05,72304-06
MODEL 72304-07, 72304-08,72304-09
BROWN
LED
NORMALLY OPEN
WHITE
DESCRIPTIONHall PNP (with LED) 5m cableHall NPN (with LED) 5m cableHall PNP (with LED) 5m cableHall NPN (with LED) 5m cableHall PNP (with LED) 5m cableHall NPN (with LED) 5m cable
PART NO.72304-0172304-0472304-0272304-0572304-0372304-06
DESCRIPTIONReed (with LED) 5m cableReed (with LED) 5m cableReed (with LED) 5m cable
CYLINDER BORESIZE253240
PART NO.72304-0772304-0872304-09
RM
SPECIFICATIONS 72304-07 THROUGH 72304-09OPERATING PRINCIPLE Magnetic ReedSWITCH CONFIGURATION Normally OpenMAXIMUM CONTACT RATING 35 WattsMAXIMUM VOLTAGE 250 Volts AC/DCMAXIMUM STARTING CURRENT 1.5 AmpsHYSTERESIS Approximately .8 mmOPERATING TEMP. -20° to 175°FENVIRONMENTAL IP65HOUSING MATERIAL Anodized Aluminum
BORE SIZE253240
RD1.0631.3381.535
RC.9841.2201.417
RB.374.374.374
SPECIFICATIONS 72304-01 THROUGH 72304-06OPERATING PRINCIPLE Hall EffectSWITCH CONFIGURATION Normally OpenOUTPUT TYPE PNP/NPNMAXIMUM CONTINUOUS CURRENT 200mAMAXIMUM VOLTAGE 10-30 Volt VDCSWITCH INDICATOR LEDMAXIMUM CLOSING FREQUENCY Approximately 1kHzMAXIMUM STARTING CURRENT 1.5 AmpsHYSTERESIS Approximately .8mmOPERATING TEMP. -20° to 175°FENVIRONMENTAL IP67HOUSING MATERIAL Anodized AluminumCONNECTION CABLE 3 x .25mm2
RM1.1811.1811.181
RD
RB
RC
CYLINDER BORESIZE
25
32
40
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL32
DATE: 3-5-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 5 OF 5 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SGxM
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Refer to Catalog 2002,Page 5D-39
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL33
DATE: 3-15-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SHP
None
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Revised SHP Slide Selection DataThis bulletin addresses two catalog page changes to the Series SHP Slides. A dimensional change to theextend travel adjustment on size 08 is corrected in the following graph, found on page 5A-6 of Catalog 2002.In addition, PHD has enhanced the methodology to determine maximum payload capacity in the slideselection data on page 5A-7. All changes and additions are shaded.
Refer to Catalog 2002,Page 5A-6.
Refer to Catalog 2002, Page 5A-7
SIZE
08
12
16
NOMINAL TRAVEL
in mm0.791.570.791.570.591.382.17
20402040153555
EXTEND TRAVELADJUSTMENT
RETRACT TRAVELADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT MIN.SHANK LENGTH
SCREWDRIVER MAX.SHANK DIAMETER
in mm.197.197.394.394.394.394.394
55
1010101010
in mm in mm1.52.31.11.21.31.32.2
38582830333355
in mm.083.083.130.130.130.130.130
2.12.13.33.33.33.33.3
.197
.197
.394
.394
.394
.394
.394
55
1010101010
SLIDE SELECTIONThere are three major factors to consider whenselecting a slide: thrust capacity, allowable mass,and dynamic moment capacity.
1 THRUST CAPACITYUse the theoretical output table todetermine if thrust is sufficient for theapplied load.
MAXIMUM PAYLOAD CAPACITYAll Series SHP Slides come standard withend of travel shock pads. However, theseshock pads are limited in the amount ofenergy that they can dissipate. Therefore,the slides have a maximum payload limit.Use the allowable velocity graph to verifythat the slide can carry the payload at thedesired velocity.
SIZE
08
12
16
DIRECTION
RETRACT
EXTEND
RETRACT
EXTEND
RETRACT
EXTEND
THEORETICAL OUTPUT TABLE lb [N]
20 psi[1.4 bar]
1.2[5.3]1.6
[7.1]2.7
[12.0]3.5
[15.6]5.4
[24.0]6.3
[28.0]
OPERATING PRESSURE30 psi
[2.1 bar]1.8
[8.0]2.4
[10.7]4.0
[17.8]5.3
[23.6]8.1
[36.0]9.4
[41.8]
40 psi[2.8 bar]
2.4[10.7]
3.1[13.8]
5.3[23.6]
7.1[31.6]10.8
[48.0]12.5
[55.6]
50 psi[3.4 bar]
3.0[13.3]
3.9[17.3]
6.7[29.8]
8.8[39.1]13.5
[60.0]15.7
[69.8]
60 psi[4.1 bar]
3.6[16.0]
4.7[20.9]
8.0[35.6]10.6
[47.1]16.2
[72.0]18.8
[83.6]
70 psi[4.8 bar]
4.2[18.7]
5.5[24.4]
9.3[41.3]12.4
[55.1]18.9
[84.0]22.0
[97.8]
80 psi[5.5 bar]
4.8[21.3]
6.3[28.0]10.7
[47.6]14.1
[62.7]21.6
[96.0]25.1
[111.6]
90 psi[6.2 bar]
5.4[24.0]
7.1[31.6]12.0
[53.3]15.9
[70.7]24.3
[108.0]28.2
[125.3]
100 psi[6.9 bar]
6.0[26.7]
7.9[35.1]13.3
[59.1]17.6
[78.2]27.0
[120.0]31.4
[139.6]
UNITSHP08x20SHP08x40SHP12x20SHP12x40SHP 16x15SHP16x35SHP16x55
TRAVEL TIME0.1
0.180.180.220.150.2
0.25NOTES:1) Travel time is in secondsfrom application of pressure.2) Travel times relativelyindependent of pressurebetween 60 and 100 psi.
ALLOWABLE LOAD VS. VELOCITY3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
LOAD
lb
[N]
VELOCITY IPS [mm/sec]
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21
SHP08
SHP12
SHP16
[15.6]
[13.3]
[11.1]
[8.9]
[6.7]
[4.4]
[2.2]
[25] [76] [127] [178] [229] [279] [330] [381] [432] [483] [533]
3
2
DYNAMIC MOMENT CAPACITYThe Dynamic Moment Load …
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL34
DATE: 11-1-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 1 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SG
Notify existing customers of this design change.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Design Change To Series SG Slides
PHD is in the process of phasing in certain sizes of our new design Series SG Slide based on inventory usage. Presently, PHD isconverting new orders of the size 4 to the new design. It is anticipated all sizes will be converted within the next 3-5 weeks. Although theredesign provides for a drop-in replacement for existing slides, there are some issues that require review and qualification with existingcustomers who will be replacing their current design Series SG in the future. See the IMPORTANT NOTES section.
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SG
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Product, Series, Type, Design No.,Size, Travel, and Options.
NOTES:1) All units are shock ready as standard. Shock absorber kits
are ordered separately. See page 5D-25 for completeordering information.
2) Shock absorber on retraction is not available with UB2xoption (port position 2).
3) Shock absorbers are not plated with -Z1 option.4) Options -BB and -BR are not available with
shock absorbers.
SIZE1
2
3
4
5
6
- 19 mm bore cylinder with8 mm shaft standard,10 mm shaft oversize
- 20 mm bore cylinder with10 mm shaft standard,12 mm shaft oversize
- 25 mm bore cylinder with12 mm shaft standard,16 mm shaft oversize
- 32 mm bore cylinder with16 mm shaft standard,20 mm shaft oversize
- 40 mm bore cylinder with20 mm shaft standard,25 mm shaft oversize
- 40 mm bore cylinder with25 mm shaft standard,30 mm shaft oversizeS - Slide
DBDEDRH4EMU6U7
WITH CYLINDER OPTIONS
DBDEDRH4H47L9EM
PBPEPRUBxx
WITH CYLINDER OPTIONS- Cushion controls both direction (Standard in location 1 & 5)- Cushion control extend only (Standard in location 1)- Cushion control retract only (Standard in location 5)- Cylinder replacement only- Rodlok cylinder with locking device adaptor (Not available on size 1)- NPT ports (NPT-standard on imperial units BSPP-standard on metric units)- Hall Effect magnetic piston (Available on size 1 only)- Magnetic piston for use with PHD Miniature Reed and Magnetoresistive Switches (Magnetoresistive switches not available on size 1)- Port controls both directions (Standard locations are 1 & 5, not available on size 1)- Port control extend only (Standard in location 1, not available on size 1)- Port control retract only (Standard in location 5, not available on size 1) - Optional port locations
Standard ports, cushion controls, and port controls are located in positions 1 & 5.Sizes 2 and 3 use 10-32 [M5] ports when combined with port controls on thesame surface.
SHOCK ABSORBER KITSPHD SHOCK
ABSORBER NO.57858-07-x57858-01-x57858-02-x
SLIDEMODEL
SGxx1, SGxx2SGxx3
SGxx4, SGxx5, SGxx6
x – –
26
- Imperial- Metric
x
E - 3 position cylinder(specify only if needed)
THREE POSITION UNIT
MID-POSITION TRAVELSpecify for 3 position units.
Travel from retract position 1to mid-position 2.
B
CD
- Standard linear ball bushing,standard shaft
- TC bushing, standard shaft- TC bushing, oversize shaft
DESIGN NO.
GS B 2 3 6 DB – M – PB
SERIESG - Gantry
BB – Q1 – Z1
SLIDE OPTIONS- Shock Pad both directions- Shock Pad on extension- Shock Pad on retraction- Proximity Switch ready both ends*- Saddle mounting in position number 4- Saddle mounting in position number 1
(Not available on sizes 1, 2, 3 slides)- Lube fitting in saddle port position 2 and 4- Lube fitting in saddle port position 3- Corrosion-resistant guide shafts (ends unplated)- Electroless nickel plated ferrous metal parts
*Switches must be ordered separately.
BBBEBRCBGXGY
L4L6Q1Z1
Available in 1/4" increments.Total slide travel fromretract position 1 toextend position 3.
SLIDE TRAVELIMPERIAL UNITS
21 - 1" to 12"22 - 1" to 12"23 - 1" to 16"24 - 1" to 20"25 - 1" to 24"26 - 1" to 36"
SLIDESIZE
SLIDE TRAVELMETRIC UNITS
61 - 25 mm to 305 mm62 - 25 mm to 305 mm63 - 25 mm to 405 mm64 - 25 mm to 510 mm65 - 25 mm to 610 mm66 - 25 mm to 915 mm
Available in 5 mm increments.Total slide travel fromretract position 1 toextend position 3.
SLIDESIZE
DESCRIPTIONDC Inductive Proximity Switch8 mm Threaded Current Sinking (NPN)DC Inductive Proximity Switch8 mm Threaded Current Sourcing (PNP)
MODEL NUMBER
51422-005-02
51422-006-02
INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES
E 3
- VDMA/ISO cylinder ready32 and 40 mm bore
- ISO 6432 cylinder ready16, 20, and 25 mm bore
H11
H12
WITHOUT CYLINDER OPTIONS
-H11 and -H12 are available on designnumber 6 metric units only.
TYPE
PRODUCT
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL34
DATE: 11-1-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 2 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SG
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
■ Powered by PHD’s full featured ISO compliant SeriesCV Cylinder, the CV provides exceptionally long life,high speed, and superb stopping capacity. Additionally,the cylinder allows selection of performance enhancingoptions including Hushcontrol®, Rodlock®, and 3position units.
■ The Series CV Cylinder uses the robust Series 6250 Reed and SolidState switches which mount into the cylinder’s integral slots. Tierodmounted switch brackets are no longer needed providing cost andspace savings.
■ Locking screws that secure the travel adjustments have been enhanced by using a non-marring urethane pad and stainless steel locking screw. Enhancement provides easier adjustmentand securely locks the adjustment system.
IMPORTANT NOTES
■ The mounting pattern and location has not changed allowing drop in and bolt up to the old design. However, the CV cylinder isslightly longer in length and customer awareness of this is needed especially for replacement situations. (See enclosed chart.)
■ With the exception of the size 5, the bore size, piston area is smaller than the old design unit creating a slight reduction in thrustcapacity. (See enclosed chart.) In a minority of replacement situations, this could be an issue if the slide was originally sized onthe “borderline.” Customer awareness is suggested for replacement applications.
■ If a customer is purchasing a new design unit for a replacement of an existing Series SG which used the 1750 switches, thecustomer will need to order the 6250 switches to replace their existing switches. Contact PHD Customer Service for assistance asrequired.
FILE UNDER SLIDES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL34
DATE: 11-1-02 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDESPAGE 3 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SG
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA in2 [mm2]BORE EXTEND RETRACT B DIM FF DIM
UNIT OLD NEW OLD NEW OLD NEW OLD NEW OLD NEWSGx22 1.000 .787 .785 .49 .675 .41 3.661 3.366 5.691 6.870
[SGx62] [25.4] [20] [506] [314] [435] [264] [93] [85.5] [145.5] [174.5]SGx23 1.125 .984 .994 .76 .885 .64 2.696 3.720 4.78 7.343
[SGx63] [28.6] [25] [642] [491] [572] [412] [68.5] [94.5] [122] [186.5]SGx 24 1.125 1.260 1.767 1.25 1.46 1.07 4.488 4.843 7.582 9.213[SGx64] [38.1] [32] [1140] [804] [944] [691] [114] [123] [193.5] [254]SGx25 1.500 1.575 1.767 1.95 1.46 1.64 4.488 5.217 7.582 10.00
[SGx65] [38.1] [40] [1140] [1257] [944] [1056] [114] [132.5] [193.5] [254]SGx26 2.000 1.575 3.142 1.95 2.84 1.64 4.469 5.217 7.417 10.000
[SGx66] [50.8] [40] [2027] [1257] [1830] [1056] [113.5] [132.5] [186] [254]
B* + TRAVEL
CL
3 POSITION DETAILFF* + SLIDE TOTAL
TRAVEL +MID-POSITION
TRAVEL
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL35 DATE: 2-27-06 PRODUCT TYPE: Slides PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SM Slides
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Keep a copy of this bulletin in the Series SM Slide section of your CAT06, between pages 2-98 and 2-99. If your customers are interested in SM Slides, make them aware of this page.
Series SM Slides - Accessories Page Missing from CAT06The last page of the accessories was unintentionally removed from CAT06. This page contained data for the modular kits to attach Series STP Slides directly to Series SM Slides and the 8 mm Proximity Bracket & Target Kits. See the information below.
UNITSIZE0812162532
Ain
.827
.866
.748
.748
.630
mm2122191916
in.354.433.472.669.787
mm911121720
B
PART NO.
51422-005-02
51422-006-02
DESCRIPTION8 mm Inductive Proximity SwitchNPN with 2 meter Cable8 mm Inductive Proximity SwitchPNP with 2 meter Cable
See Switches and Sensors section for switch details.
TARGETBRACKET
8mm PROXIMITY SWITCHNOT INCLUDED IN KIT
.709[18]
B
A
MODULAR MOUNTING KITSModular design of the Series SM slide body allows Series
STP Rail Slides to bolt and dowel together without the need for a transition plate. See chart for slide compatibility and hardware kits required. Each kit contains 2 dowel pins and 4 SHCS to mount the units together. PHD recommends that a -J3 option (transitional fi t) be specifi ed with the slide ordering data to allow the units to dowel together properly. Both units have -J3 dowel hole option as shown.
PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KITEach kit contains a bracket, target and hardware for mounting
one 8 mm threaded proximity switch on a Series SMx Slide. Switches must be ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for detailed switch information.
(KIT #71032)
SECONDARYSTPDx08STPDx12STPDx16STPDx25STPDx32
KIT NUMBERSIMPERIAL
71033713877104371053
PRIMARYSMxx08SMxx12SMxx16SMxx25SMxx32
METRIC71034713887104471054
CONSULT PHD
NOTE: CARRIAGE OF SERIES STP SLIDEMUST BE MOVED FORWARD TO ACCESSREAR MOUNTING HOLES IN SLIDE BODY
2X DOWEL PINS
4X SHCS
SERIES SM SLIDES
SERIES STP SLIDES
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL36 DATE: 5-4-10 PRODUCT TYPE: SLideS
MODEL OR SERIES: C, T, R, and B
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 1
ReQUiRed ACTiON:Please contact PHD Customer Service for additional assistance if required.
Shock Absorber Availability on Classic Slides
Effective 6/1/2010, PHD will no longer provide shock absorbers as part of the optional shock absorber kits for the following series of PHD Classic Slides:
• Series C • Series T • Series R • Series B
PHD will continue to offer the kits less the shock which typically includes the shock mounting bracket and hardware. Following is a specification chart to allow you to obtain the appropriate shock absorber for your customers.
PHD Product
PHD Kit Number (Shock NOT Included)
PHD Kit Number (Shock
Included)PHD Shock
NumberShock
MfgShock Mfg Part
Number
PHD Button Part
NumberButton
Mfg
Mfg Button Part
NumberBS03 13785 13789 11036-003 Ace MC225 NA NA NABS04 12345 12360 11036-005 Ace MC600 NA NA NABS06 12356 12362 11036-005 Ace MC600 NA NA NABS08 12356 12362 11036-005 Ace MC600 NA NA NABS10 13799 13800 11036-002 Ace MA3350 NA NA NABS12 13801 13802 11036-010 Ace A-3/4 x 2 NA NA NACB03 NA NA 11036-012 Ace MC75 or MC75-3 NA NA NACB04 NA 16913-002 11036-003 Ace MC225 16282-002 Ace 250-0267CB06 NA 16913-003 11036-005 Ace MC600 16282-003 Ace 250-0268RS03 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NARS04 11037, 12203 NA 11036-001 Ace MA600 NA NA NARS06 11038, 12204 NA 11036-001 Ace MA600 NA NA NARS08 11155, 11156 NA 11036-005 Ace MC600 NA NA NARS10 11159, 11160 NA 11036-005 Ace MC600 NA NA NARS12 11163, 11163 NA 11036-002 Ace MA3350 NA NA NATS08 19581, 19580 19578, 19579 11036-002 Ace MA3350 NA NA NA
NA= Not Applicable
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G1
DATE: 4-3-91 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 8400 ANGULAR
All 8400 Series Angular Grippers now have a non-adjustable piston rod. This change started toappear in January of '90 and as of September '90, all units are being shipped with this revision. Priorto this change the customer could use the set screw in the end of the piston rod to adjust the jawposition of the gripper. All design "02" grippers contain this new piston rod and are no longer adjust-able. This design change was instituted to eliminate rod breakage and improve the gripper quality.The new part numbers read: 8420-02-xxx, 8410-02-xxx, 8420-02-xxx.
The "01" design is available for any customer who requires the adjustability.
All customers using Series 8400 Angular Grippers should made aware of this change. Unless aspecific request is made, all orders will continue to be shipped as an "02" design with non-adjustablegripper jaws. (Consult PHD for part number.)
Key number 3, piston and rod as-sembly, has been redesigned and isnot to be used for adjusting the jawposition.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G2
DATE: 4-3-91 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 8460 PARALLEL
If you had any customers who complained about this problem you should make them aware of thesolution.
The mounting screws which attach the Hall Sensor to an 8460-01-301 Gripper have been changed.The button head cap screw was found to protrude past the bottom mounting surface. We have nowchanged to a standard socket head cap screw which has a smaller head, and have eliminated themounting interference. This change took effect in December of 1990 and all stock was retrofittedwith the new fasteners.
NEW FASTENER
BOTTOMMOUNTING SURFACE
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G3
DATE: 7-17-91 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 8460, 8470, 8480
Jaw pads should be in line and parallel, PHD holds tight tolerances on all associated parts in order tomaintain a quality gripper, however, they are not perfect. The chart below shows how the jaw pad oneach model may vary from being perfectly in line and parallel to each other.
Angle: The angle each jaw pad may vary, positive or negative, off parallel with the rear mountingsurface.
Offset: Distance one jaw pad may vary from the other jaw pad.
Angle Offset(Degrees) (Inches)
8460 2.0 .0228470 1.3 .0228480 1.0 .022
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:Customers purchasing standard grippers should be advised of these specifications so appropriatetooling can be designed.
PHD will produce special grippers with less deviation by machining the jaw pad mounting surfacesafter assembly.
AngleOffset Difference
Rear Mounting Surface
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G4
DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL SERIES 7900
Inform your Gripper customers of the availability of the low cost 1750 Switches on Series 7900Grippers.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Compact Switches for Series 7900 GrippersSeries 7900 Angular and Parallel Grippers can now be outfitted with PHD 1750 Compact ProximitySwitches. The mounting kits shown in the table below are included in the magnetic option on pagetwo of this bulletin. The switch mounting kits may be ordered separately to retro-fit Grippers in thefield. These new kits and magnetic option will be available by February 15, 1992.
GRIPPER MODEL SWITCH
MOUNTING KIT
792x, 7960 English 13592
793x, 7970 English 13593
794x, 7980 English 13594
795x, 7990 English 13595
792x, 7962 Metric 13586
793x, 7972 Metric 13583
794x, 7982 Metric 13584
795x, 7992 Metric 13585
See page two of this bulletin for theproper magnet/bracket option on Series7900 Grippers.
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G4
DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL SERIES 7900
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Compact Switches for Series 7900 Grippers
To order the proper bracket for 1750 Switches, specify either -5 or -6 in the designated location in the productnomenclature. Switches must be ordered separately.
XXXX XX 5 X
DESIGN NO.
X
MODEL OPTIONS
- Reed Magnet and Switch Bracket Kit for 1750 Reed Switches- Hall Magnet and Switch Bracket Kit for 1750 Hall Effect Switches
XXXX-5
-6
- - X
PORT TYPE SEALS
OPTION
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G5
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES 190 PARALLEL
Make sure your miniature gripper customers are aware of this convenient item.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Hard To Find Jaw Screws Now Available
1906x-1-x002 Gripper
3-56 JawTooling Screws(Socket Head)
PHD's smallest Series 190 Parallel Grippers (1906x-1-x002) contain 3-56 tapped holes in the jaws.The socket head cap screws for attachment of jaw tooling can be difficult to find. For this reasonPHD is now offering these alloy steel screws as an accessory item to the 190 Gripper. Listed beloware available screws with prices.
Part Screw List PriceNo. Size Each
2809-651 3-56 x 1/4 $1.00
2809-652 3-56 x 3/8 $1.00
2809-653 3-56 x 1/2 $1.00
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G6
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 7950, 7951, 7954, 7990
None required.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
7950, 7951, 7954 and 7990 Now Pneumatic OnlyAll PHD 3" Bore Grippers (listed above) are now limited to pneumatic service only, with a maximumpressure rating of 150 psi air. These grippers were previously rated for up to 750 psi hydraulic. Itwas found that the gripper body was not thick enough in the switch groove to support hydraulicpressures. Usage of these large grippers is fairly low and even fewer are used for hydraulics.
Units without switch cavities are available through our custom products area.
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G7
DATE: 1-15-93 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES 190 PARALLEL
Inform your customers of this corrected catalog dimension.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Revised 190 Parallel Gripper Jaw DimensionShown below are revised dimensions for Series 190 parallel gripper jaws. The “F” dimension wasshown wrong in Catalog 91 for the three smaller sizes. Catalog 91A shows the two smaller sizescorrect but the 19081 and 19082 models are shown at .500 instead of the correct “F” dimension of.375. This is an important dimension and should be corrected in any and all outstanding catalogs.
MODEL NO.LETTER 19061 19071 19081 19091
DIM 19062 19072 19082 19092A MIN 1.024 1.299 1.811 2.323A MAX 1.181 1.575 2.205 2.835
AL MIN✴ 1.417 1.772 2.323 2.835AL MAX✴ 1.732 2.205 2.953 3.701
B .781 1.025 1.500 1.968C .394 .551 .787 1.023D .3937 .4921 .7480 .9842F .188 .250 .375 .625G 3-56 X .18 DP 6-32 X .28 DP 8-32 X .32 DP 10-24 X .38 DPH 1.012 1.290 1.635 2.081K .159 .205 .213 .255L .098 .138 .197 .256M .553 .697 .961 1.239
O✴✴ .5310 .6875 .8430 1.0940P✴✴ .550 .710 1.100 1.535
Q 4-40 X .18 DP 6-32 X .22 DP 8-32 X .28 DP 10-24 X .38 DPR .600 .680 .785 .870S .835 1.074 1.400 1.786T .350 .368 .380 .322W 3/32 1/8 1/8 3/16Y .1968 .2756 .3940 .5118Z #4 #6 #8 #10
AA .103 .121 .186 .180BB 10-32 10-32 10-32 10-32CC .166 .176 .192 .153DD .465 .505 .593 .750
REVISED DIMENSIONS
JAW KEY DETAIL
FM
CBSQ
FILE UNDER GRIPPER IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G8
DATE: 3-1-94 PRODUCT TYPE: GRB GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: GRB 21 & GRB 31
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
PHD Switches Not Available on Two Smallest SizesModels GRBx21 and GRBx31 180° Angular Grippers are NOT available with PHD Model 5360Switches (Sensor option -2). PHD Catalog 93 is not clear regarding switch availability on these 180°Angular Grippers. The 5360 Switches ARE available on the four larger sizes of the GRB Gripperline. Four mm round switches are available on all sizes of the GRB Gripper.
PROXIMITY SWITCHES4 mm Round Current Sinking (NPN)4 mm Round Current Sourcing (PNP)
18430-001-0218430-002-02
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Product type, Series, Design Designation, Size, Jaw Variation, Design No., Sensor, Port Location, Jaw Rotation, and Seals.
GR B
SERIES
--1 2 1
PRODUCT TYPEGR - Gripper
1
PORT POSITIONS ANDFLOW CONTROLS
B - 180°
SIZE
2 - .375 Bore3 - .500 Bore4 - .750 Bore5 - 1.125 Bore6 - 1.500 Bore7 - 2.000 Bore DESIGN NO.
5 4 10
SEALS1 - Buna-N
NOTE:Flow Controls are only available with ports in Position #4on models GRBx41-GRBx71.
GRBx21GRBx31GRBx41GRBx51GRBx61GRBx71
180741809018075180911809118091
GRIPPERNO.
KITNO.
PROXIMITY SWITCHMOUNTING KITS
Proximity Ready option must be specified for use with Proximity
Switch Mounting Kits.
Port Position 1,Without Port Controls®
(Standard) Port Position 4,Without Flow ControlsPort Position 4, with FlowControls (Port Controls®)(Not available on sizes 2 and 3.)
1 -
4 -
9 -
DESIGN DESIGNATION1 - English2 - English, Corrosion Resistant
JAW VARIATION1 - Non-Locking
SENSOR0 - None2 - Hall Effect Magnet on piston (For Series 5360 Switches) Not available on GRBx21 & GRBx315 - Proximity Ready
JAW ROTATIONPER JAW
0 - 90°, Standard1 - 75°2 - 60°3 - 45°4 - 30°5 - 15°
REQUIRED ACTION: None required.
On August 15, 1995 PHD started phasing in a revision to the English models of the Series 190Miniature Parallel Gripper. This revision involves changing over some internal components andexternal fasteners to a metric specification. This change is being made as part of an overall costreduction with new pricing that is effective September 15, 1995.
This design number change has no effect on the form, fit, or function of the Series 190 Grippers.Design 2 units will completely interchange with Design 1 units. PHD will publish a complete productrelease with catalog's pricing and parts list in September, 1995.
There are two types of accessory kits that are affected by the 190 Gripper Design change. NewProximity Switch Bracket and Target Kits, and Jaw Travel Adjustment Kits have metric fasteners tomatch the threads in the revised gripper body.
As parts for Design 1 are depleted, PHD will automatically convert orders for grippers and theaffected accessory kits to the new design and kit numbers.
Page 2 of this Technical Data Bulliten contains new ordering data and new accessory kit numbers.
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:None Required. PHD will automatically convert orders to the new units and kits. You may want to letyour customers know, to minimize questions and confusion.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DESIGN NUMBER CHANGE ON 190 MINIATURE PARALLEL GRIPPERS
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G9
DATE: 9-1-95 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: 190 MINIATURE PARALLEL
GRIPPERS
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDERPHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DESIGN NUMBER CHANGE ON 190 MINIATURE PARALLEL GRIPPERS
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G9
DATE: 9-1-95 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: 190 MINIATURE PARALLEL
GRIPPERS
JAW TRAVEL ADJUSTMENTKIT
OLD NUMBER NEW NUMBER 18655 18433 18656 18434 18657 18435 18658 18436
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Model, Design No., Proximity Ready Options, MaximumForce, Spring Option, and Seals.
See complete Gripper Product Guide for all available optionsand accessories.
19071 2
DESIGN NO.
- - 0 5 1
SPRING OPTIONS0 - None1 - Single Acting Close2 - Single Acting Open
MAXIMUM FORCE
MODELSJAW STYLE 1
19060190701908019080
JAW STYLE 2SHORT TRAVEL
19061190711908119091
LONG TRAVEL19062190721908219092
1
0 - Internal Grip5 - External Grip
PROXIMITY SWITCHREADY OPTION
4 - Sensor Ready (Not available with Spring Option)5 - Proximity Switch Ready
SEALS
1 - Buna-N
PHD 5580 SWITCH BRACKETAND TARGET KIT
OLD NUMBER NEW NUMBER 55015 - 1 59794 - 1 55016 - 1 59795 - 1 55017 55772 55018 55773
PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKETAND TARGET SWITCH
OLD NUMBER NEW NUMBER18873 - 1 59792 - 118875 - 1 59793 - 1 18876 18438 18877 18439
1906X
1907X
1908X
1909X
MODEL
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G10
DATE: 5-5-97 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 190/191 MINIATURE
PARALLEL GRIPPERS
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Make note of this change to be able to inform your customers who may order this option in the future.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Spring Option EliminatedAs stated in the Product Notification faxed on 3/4/97, premature spring failure has occurred in certainapplications on the Series 190/191 size 6 gripper. PHD has aggressively tested for solutions to thissituation in the interim. This research and testing has not produced a satisfactory outcome to whereperformance and life expectancy meets PHD standards. As a result, PHD has made the decision toeliminate the single acting and spring assist option on the 19x6x gripper effective May 2nd. Againthis affects only the size 6 (smallest) gripper. PHD recommends that all customers consider the size7 (19x7x) if the spring option is required.
PHD Customer Service will be contacting distributors pertaining to any orders for this grippercurrently in house. Additionally, future reprints of the catalog will reflect this change.
** JAW MOVEMENT NOTE:JAWS “OPEN” AND “CLOSE” DIMENSIONS REFLECT THEMINIMUM DIMENSIONS AT EITHER OPEN OR CLOSEDPOSITIONS. GRIPPER JAWS MAY OPEN .040 [1 mm]WIDER OR CLOSE .040 [1 mm] FURTHER THAN THESTATED DIMENSIONS.
GRDx31MODEL NO.
GRDx41 GRDx5x GRDx6xLETTERDIM.
A1 close**A1 open**A2 close**A2 open**
BCD
E*
G1 G2* G3*G4G5G6G7
H1H2
J1 J2*
in1.3681.515
——
1.1411.0631.922.866 x
.079 DP.551.2756.49211.664.121.250
6-32 x.280 DP
.8464-40 x
.220 DP.886.8465
mm34.7538.5——
29.027.048.75
22.0 x 2.0DP
14.07.012.542.253.06.5
M3 x 0.5 x6.0 DP21.5
M3 x 0.5x 6.0 DP
22.521.50
in1.8512.145
——
1.4571.3781.909
1.104 x.079 DP
.551.2756.49211.651.121.250
6-32 x.280 DP1.1028-32 x
.330 DP.906
1.1024
mm47.054.5——
37.035.048.5
28.0 x2.0 DP14.07.012.542.03.06.5
M3 x 0.5x 6.0 DP
28.0M4 x 0.7x 8.0 DP
23.028.00
in1.8702.1452.4122.8741.6541.5752.303
1.341 x.082 DP
.787.3940.7482.006.186.375
8-32 x.320 DP1.220
10-24 x.375 DP1.2011.2205
mm47.554.561.2573.042.040.058.5
34.0 x2.0 DP20.010.019.051.04.510.0
M4 x 0.7x 8.0 DP
31.0M5 x 0.8x 10.0 DP
30.531.00
in2.3922.7752.9333.5922.1261.9692.972
1.656 x.087 DP1.024.5118.98422.616.180.625
10-24 x.380 DP1.535
1/4-20 x.500 DP1.6141.5354
mm60.7570.574.591.2554.050.075.5
42.0 x2.25 DP
26.013.025.066.56.512.0
M5 x 0.8 x10.0 DP
39.0M6 x 1.0x 12.0 DP
41.039.0
NOTES:1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE mm2) *TOLERANCE FOR DIMENSIONS: E = ± .005 [± 0.13]
G2 = ± .0006 [± 0.015] G3 = ± .0003 [± 0.007] J2 (BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES) = ± .0008 [± 0.02]J6 = ± .0005 [H7] J7 AND J8 = ± .0008 [± 0.02]
3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE SURFACE POSITIONS
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G11
DATE: 7-14-97 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: GRD PARALLEL GRIPPERS
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:None
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Series GRD Jaw Dimensions
Following are dimensional changesand method of calling out jawopening and closing concerningSeries GRD Grippers. Dimensionsand notations highlighted (shaded)indicate revised data. Thesechanges affect dimensional chartson pages 4, 5, 11, 12, 13, and 14of Catalog GRD01.
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G12
DATE: 7-14-97 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 190/191 PARALLEL GRIPPERS
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:None
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Series 190/191 Jaw DimensionsFollowing are dimensional changes and method of calling out jaw opening and closing concerningSeries 190/191 Grippers. Dimensions and notations highlighted (shaded) indicate revised data.These changes affect dimensional charts on pages 6-40, 6-41, 6-42, and 6-43 of Catalog 96.
NOTES:1) *AL CLOSE & OPEN ARE FOR MODELS 19x62, 72, 82, 92, 67, 77, 87, & 972) **TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES IS ± .0008 [±0.02]3) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm
JAWS OPEN AND CLOSE DIMENSIONS REFLECT THE MINIMUMDIMENSIONS AT BOTH OPEN AND CLOSED POSITIONS. GRIPPERJAWS MAY OPEN OR CLOSE .080 [2 mm] FURTHER THANSTATED DIMENSIONS.
NOTES:1) *TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES IS ± .0008 [± 0.02]2) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm
JAWS OPEN AND CLOSE DIMENSIONS REFLECT THE MINIMUMDIMENSIONS AT BOTH OPEN AND CLOSED POSITIONS. GRIPPERJAWS MAY OPEN OR CLOSE .080 [2 mm] FURTHER THANSTATED DIMENSIONS.
19x60 19x70 19x80 19x90in mm in mm in mm in mm
19x65 19x75 19x85 19x95
A CLOSEA OPEN
BCDFGHKLMO*P*Q
R
.315
.403
.787
.398
.177
.312#4
1.0121.563.0981.031.5310.550
4-40 x.19 DP.601
.345
.5401.024.555.215.375#5
1.2891.937.1381.249.6875.710
6-32 x.22 DP.681
.581
.9151.496.791.256.500#8
1.6352.500.1961.624.84301.1008-32 x.28 DP.785
.7001.1501.9681.027.394.625#10
2.0813.242.256
2.1081.09401.535
10-24 x.38 DP.870
7.7510.2520.010.04.58.0
M2.525.539.52.5
26.0114.014.0
M3 x 0.5 x4.5 DP15.5
8.7513.7526.014.05.510.0M332.048.53.531.018.018.0
M3 x 0.5 x4.5 DP18.0
14.7523.2538.020.06.512.0M441.063.55.041.022.028.0
M4 x 0.7 x6.0 DP20.5
17.7529.2550.026.010.016.0M553.082.56.5
53.528.039.0
M5 x 0.8 x7.5 DP22.0
LETTERDIM.
MODEL NUMBER
A CLOSEA OPEN
AL CLOSE*AL OPEN*
BCDFG
HKLM
O**P**
1.0541.1511.4471.702.787.398
.3937.188
3-56 x.18 DP1.012.159.098.553
.5310.550
33.7539.2545.7555.2526.014.012.56.5
M3 x 0.5 x6.0 DP32.05.03.5
17.518.018.0
46.7555.2559.7574.2538.020.019.010.0
M4 x 0.7 x8.0 DP41.05.55.0
24.022.028.0
59.7571.2572.7593.2550.026.025.012.0
M5 x 0.8 x10.0 DP
53.06.56.531.528.039.0
26.7529.2536.7543.2520.010.010.05.0
M2.5 x 0.45x 5.0 DP
25.54.02.5
14.014.014.0
1.3291.5451.8022.1751.024.555
.4921.250
6-32 x.28 DP1.289.204.138.696
.6875.710
1.8412.1752.3532.9231.496.791
.7480.375
8-32 x.32 DP1.635.212.197.960
.84301.100
2.3532.8052.8653.6711.9681.027.9842.625
10-24 x.38 DP2.081.254.2561.2381.09401.535
LETTERDIM.
MODEL NUMBER19x61/62
in19x66/67
mm19x71/72
in19x76/77
mm19x81/82
in19x86/87
mm19x91/92
in19x96/97
mm
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G13
DATE: 7-23-99 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 4 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES EGP
Inform potential purchasers of Series EGP Grippers. PHD Customer Service will be qualifying ordersreceived to ensure grip force changes will not affect the customer’s application.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
SERIES EGP GRIPPERS REVISED PERFORMANCE AND DIMENSIONAL DATAFollowing are revisions to catalog EGP02 performance and dimensional data regarding the SeriesEGP Grippers. Data highlighted (shaded) indicates revised information. These catalog changes willbe reflected when the Series EGP catalog is reprinted later this year.
EGP-xMx-8
0.3 in [7.6 mm]0.53 in [13.5 mm] (Jaw Style 2 only)
1.2 lb [540 g]
240 millisecond [nom]
SPECIFICATIONS EGP-xMx-7JAW TRAVEL
SHORT 0.17 in [4.4 mm]LONG 0.29 in [7.5 mm] (Jaw Style 2 only)
GRIP FORCE See chart on page 9
MOTOR VOLTAGE 24-30 VDCINTERFACE MODULE 24-30 VDC
SENSOR OPTIONS 6 mm Square Inductive or Hall Effect Proximity Switches
GRIPPER CORDSET 2 or 5 meter CableINTERFACE MODULE CABLE 1 or 3 meter Cable (ordered separately)
WEIGHT 10.56 oz [300 g]
JAW SEQUENCE TIME 170 millisecond [nom]JAW REPEATABILITY ± 0.003 in [0.08 mm]
G13 PAGE 2 OF 4
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
DIMENSIONS: Emax® SERIES EGP GRIPPER
A
P
HK
L
M
BB
U 3 PIN CONNECTORWITH M8 THREAD
2X THRU DIA ANDC’BORE FOR AA SOCKETHEAD CAP SCREW
SEE PROXIMITYSWITCH OPTIONPAGE FOR DETAIL.(SIZE 8 ONLY)
B SQ
DD
EE* (SIZE 7 ONLY)
FF*
CC
RE* (SIZE 7 ONLY)
F*
G
V
C
J
1X Ø THRU EACH JAWFOR W DOWEL PIN
T
N
S/2
S
2X THRU DIA EACH JAWFOR D SCREW
4X Y THREAD
LETTERDIM.
A CLOSEA OPEN
BCDE*F*GHJKLMNPRSTUVWY
AABBCCDDEE*FF*GG
in.372.546
1.024.555#5
.5250
.6875.710
1.9374.2431.6031.2894.556.138.215
1.024.375.276.710
1.2281/8
6-32 x .125 DP#6
.395
.7101.228.5250.6875.805
mm9.5
13.926.014.0M313.518.018.048.5
107.440.032.0
116.43.55.5
26.010.07.0
18.031.03.0
M3 x 0.5 x 3.2 DPM310
18.031.013.518.020.5
EGP-xMG-7x5MODEL NO.
NOTES:1) ALL METRIC DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN IN MILLIMETERS 1 mm = 0.03937 in2) *TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES = ± .0008 [± .02 mm]3) JAWS OPEN AND CLOSE DIMENSIONS REFLECT THE MINIMUM
DIMENSIONS AT BOTH OPEN AND CLOSE POSITIONS. GRIPPER JAWSMAY OPEN OR CLOSE .030 [.8 mm] FURTHER THAN STATED DIMENSIONS.
in.602.896
1.496.791#8
.8430
.84301.1002.5004.2572.0621.6354.662.197.256
1.412.500.393
1.1001.6241/8
8-32 x .25 DP#8
.3951.1001.624.8430.8430.805
mm15.322.838.020.0M422.022.028.063.0
108.052.041.0
119.05.06.5
40.012.010.028.041.04.0
M4 x 0.7 x 6.0 DPM410
28.041.022.022.020.5
EGP-xMG-8x5
SEE PROXIMITYSWITCH OPTIONPAGE FOR DETAIL.(SIZE 7 ONLY)
4X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR W DOWEL PIN
SIZE 8 ONLY
INSTALLEDCORDSET DETAIL
GG
CORDSET EXITSGRIPPER INDIRECTION SHOWN
JAW STYLE 1
G13 PAGE 3 OF 4
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
DIMENSIONS: Emax® SERIES EGP GRIPPER
EE** (SIZE 7 ONLY)FF**
CC
DD
A
KL
M
BB
U 3 PIN CONNECTORWITH M8 THREAD
2X THRU DIA ANDC’BORE FOR AA SOCKETHEAD CAP SCREW
SEE PROXIMITYSWITCH OPTIONPAGE FOR DETAIL.(SIZE 8 ONLY)
B SQ
(P)
AL
.079 [2.0]KEY EXTENSIVE
SR
NT
P ± .0003[± .008 mm]
2X D THREADEACH JAW
H
E** (SIZE 7 ONLY)
F**
G C
J
4X Y THREAD
.080 [2.0]PLUG HEIGHT
LETTERDIM.
A CLOSE*A OPEN*
AL CLOSE*AL OPEN*
BCD
E**F**GHJKLMNPRSTUWY
AABBCCDD
EE**FF**GG
in1.3581.5301.8382.1661.024.555
6-32 x .28 DP.5250.6875.710.2044.2431.0711.2894.556.138.4921.121.250
.2756 ±.0006.7101/8
6-32 x .125 DP#6
.395
.710
.204.5250.6875.805
mm34.538.946.755.026.014.0
M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP13.518.018.05.0
107.426.532.0116.4
3.512.53.06.5
7.0 ±0.01518.03.0
M3 x 0.5 x 3.2 DPM310
18.05.013.518.020.5
EGP-xMH-7MODEL NO.
NOTES:1) ALL METRIC DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN IN MILLIMETERS 1 mm = 0.03937 in2) *A = 5 mm jaw travel SIZE 7 AL = 9 mm jaw travel SIZE 7
8 mm jaw travel SIZE 8 14 mm jaw travel SIZE 83) **TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES = ± .0008 [±.02 mm]4) JAWS OPEN AND CLOSE DIMENSIONS REFLECT THE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS AT BOTH
OPEN AND CLOSE POSITIONS. GRIPPER JAWS MAY OPEN OR CLOSE .030 [.8 mm]FURTHER THAN STATED DIMENSIONS.
in1.8622.1602.3742.9041.496.791
8-32 x .32 DP.8430.84301.100.2124.2571.3981.6354.662.197.7480.186.375
.3940 ±.00071.1001/8
8-32 x .25 DP#8
.3951.100.212.8430.8430.805
mm47.354.960.373.838.020.0
M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP22.022.028.05.0
108.035.041.0119.05.019.04.510.0
10.0 ±0.02028.04.0
M4 x 0.7 x 6.0 DPM410
28.05.022.022.020.5
EGP-xMH-8
4X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR W DOWEL PIN
SEE PROXIMITYSSWITCH OPTIONPAGE FOR DETAIL.(SIZE 7 ONLY)
SIZE 8 ONLY
INSTALLEDCORDSET DETAIL
GG
CORDSET EXITSGRIPPER INDIRECTION SHOWN
JAW STYLE 2
G13 PAGE 4 OF 4
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
GRIP FORCE DIAGRAMS: SERIES EGP
DOUBLE ACTING
LEGENDLONG
TRAVELSHORTTRAVEL
TOOLINGLENGTH
EGP-xMx-8x5 and EGP-xMx-8x9
0 1 2 3[25] [50] [75]
30[132]
25[111]
20[89]
15[66]
10[44]
5[22]
0
EGP-xMx-7x5 and EGP-xMx-7x9
TOTA
L GR
IP F
ORCE
lbs
[N]
TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm]
25[111]
20[89]
15[66]
10[44]
5[22]
0
TOTA
L GR
IP F
ORCE
lbs
[N]
TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm]
0 1 2 3 4[25] [50] [75] [100]
SHORT JAW
LONG JAW
SHORT JAW
LONG JAW
GRIP FORCE = PART WEIGHT x 3/DERATING FACTOR
The part weight that grippers can handle will vary based on:size of part being picked up, shape of part, texture of part, speed atwhich part is transferred, shape of finger pads, etc. PHDrecommends that the fingers or jaws be tooled or machined toconform to the shape of the part being gripped.
When gripping compliant (“springy”) objects or objects thatrequire alignment by the gripper fingers prior to actual gripping,expect the grip force to be reduced significantly. This is due to thedynamic nature of the internal driving mechanism. This may alsocause peak or transient gripping forces to be higher than shown inthe curves.
* Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of all forces occurringat gripper jaws.
EXAMPLE:For the size 7 Series EGP Gripper, a weight of 2 lb needs to be
carried 2 inches from the end plate. To calculate minimum grip forcerequired, use the equation below.
GRIP FORCE = 2 x 3/0.68 = 8.8 lbTherefore, the most cost effective model available would be the
EGP-1MG-7x5 or EGP-1MH-7x5. Be certain to review notes foradditional information on grip force.
NOTES:1) The maximum tooling length for size 7 is 3 in [76 mm].
The maximum tooling length for size 8 is 4 in [102 mm].2) lb can be substituted for [N] to calculate [N].
Use the grip force charts above to determine the proper unit.
TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm]
GRIP FORCE DERATING GRAPH
1.00
.80
.60
.40
.20
0
DERA
TING
FAC
TOR
0 1 2 3 4 [25] [50] [75] [100]
TOOLINGLENGTHSIZES 7 & 8
SIZE 8
Size 8 is used when larger jaw travel is required.
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G14
DATE: 6-9-00 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: GRT
Inform current and potential customers of Series GRT grippers of this update.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
PART EJECTOR/SPRING ASSIST ADDED TO SERIES GRTx1Effective 7/14/00, PHD will offer Part Ejector and Spring Assist options on the new size 1 GRTGripper released in Catalog 2K (page 6A-60). The following is updated information regardingdimensional, performance, and engineering data. Data highlighted (shaded) indicates newinformation to Catalog 2K. These additions will be added to Catalog 2001.
INTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCHESSWITCH DESCRIPTION
4 mm Round NPN (Sink)4 mm Round PNP (Source)8 mm Threaded NPN (Sink)8 mm Threaded PNP (Source)
PART NO.18430-001-0218430-002-0251422-005-0251422-006-02
GRIPPER SIZE
GRTx6, 7, & 8
GRTx1, 2, 3,4, & 5
EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCHES
SWITCH DESCRIPTION8 mm Threaded NPN (Sink)8 mm Threaded PNP (Source)12 mm Threaded NPN (Sink)12 mm Threaded PNP (Source)12 mm Threaded AC 20-250 VAC
PART NO.51422-005-0251422-006-02
15561-00115561-00215561-003
GRIPPER SIZE
GRTx6, 7, & 8
GRTx1, 2, 3,4, & 5
TO ORDER, SPECIFY:Product Type, Series, Type, Style,Size, Jaw Style, Design No., Options,and Seals.
--G R T 1 4 2 1 0 0 0 1
BORE SIZE
DIRECTIONJAWS OPENINGJAWS CLOSING
GRTx2x62805-0162806-01
KIT NUMBERGRTx3x
62805-0262806-01
GRTx4x62805-0262806-02
GRTx5x62805-0262806-03
GRTx6x62805-0362806-04
GRTx7x62805-0462806-05
GRTx8x62805-0462806-05
Kit includes: 1 Proximity Target, 1 Proximity Adjustment Screw, 2 Target Adjustment Screws
GRTx1x62805-0562806-06
OPTIONS0 - None1 - Part Ejector
SPRING OPTIONS0 - None
HEAVY FORCE5 - Spring assist closed6 - Spring assist open
STYLE1 - Imperial5 - Metric
1 - 27 mm2 - 40 mm3 - 50 mm4 - 63 mm5 - 80 mm6 - 100 mm7 - 125 mm8 - 160 mm
JAW STYLE2 - Standard travel
SENSOR OPTIONS0 - None5 - Proximity switch ready
(For internal switches)
SEALS1 - Buna-N2 - Fluoro-ElastomerDESIGN NO.
TYPET - Three jaw
SERIES
PRODUCT TYPEG - Gripper
INTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH TARGET KITS
FINGER BLANKS
EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKETS
KIT NUMBERIMPERIAL METRIC
MODELNUMBERGRTx12GRTx22GRTx32GRTx42GRTx52GRTx62GRTx72GRTx82
62890-0162890-0262890-0362890-0462890-0562890-0662890-0762890-08
62890-1162890-1262890-1362890-1462890-1562890-1662890-1762890-18
GRTx2x61552-02
KIT NUMBERGRTx3x
61552-03GRTx4x
61552-04GRTx5x
61552-05GRTx6x
61552-06GRTx7x
61552-07GRTx8x
61552-08GRTx1x
61552-01
!Options may affect unit length.See unit dimension and optionspages for adders.
CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASECONSULT PHD.
CU
STO
M PRODUCTS
F
ITTO NEED
CU
STO
M PRODUCTS
F
ITTO NEED
AIR ONLY OPENAIR ONLY CLOSED
10[45]
HEAVY SPRING ONLY
AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING CLOSED
AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING OPEN
0
TOTA
L GR
IP F
ORCE
lb [N
]
0
TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm]
GRTx1x-1-xxxx60
[267]
50[222]
20[89]
30[133]
40[178]
0.25[6]
0.5[13]
0.75[19]
1[25]
1.5[38]
1.25[32]
70[311]
GRIP FORCE GRAPH
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G14
DATE: 6-9-00 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 2 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: GRT
MODELNO.
GRTx1xGRTx2xGRTx3xGRTx4xGRTx5xGRTx6xGRTx7xGRTx8x
sec..09.03.04.06.07.15.30.40
in3
0.100.300.721.413.005.6310.7521.92
cm3
1.6512234992176359
lb0.270.590.951.752.825.18.7515.5
kg0.120.270.430.801.282.323.987.05
lb441121682183785698801452
N1964997479711683253139126459
in0.2360.3150.4720.6300.7871.0241.2601.575
mm68121620263240
TOTALDIAMETRALJAW TRAVEL
TOTAL CLOSEGRIP FORCE AT87 psi [6 bar]
GRIPPERWEIGHT
CLOSE OROPEN TIME
87 psi [6 bar] DISPLACEMENT
Minimum Operating Pressure is 30 psi [2 bar] for standard unit and 60 psi [4 bar] for spring assist unit.
MODELNO.
GRTx1xGRTx2xGRTx3xGRTx4xGRTx5xGRTx6xGRTx7xGRTx8x
lb9142849118193263324
N406212521852585811701441
SF
SPRING GRIP FORCE
HEAVY SPRING
lb0.070.150.230.401.101.892.375.10
kg0.030.070.100.180.500.861.082.31
WEIGHTADDER
CLOSE OR OPEN TIME87 psi [6 bar] IN sec
withspring
.08
.02
.04
.05
.08
.11
.15
.27
againstspring
.14
.05
.10
.12
.16
.21
.36
.48
springonly.14.04.10.10.12.15.24.40
lb185282110232341498591
N802313654981032151722152629
MINIMUM MAXIMUM MODELNO.
GRTx1xGRTx2xGRTx3xGRTx4xGRTx5xGRTx6xGRTx7xGRTx8x
lb0.170.300.721.252.654.508.8016.00
kg0.080.140.330.571.202.054.007.27
in1.51.972.562.953.944.925.917.87
mm40506575100125150200
TOOLINGLENGTH
MAXIMUM
TOOLINGWEIGHT
MAX. PER JAW
SPECIFICATIONS
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDERPHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Refer to Catalog 2000 6A-64
Refer to Catalog 2000 6A-65
DIMENSIONS
LETTERDIMP1P2P3P4P5P6P7P8P9
MODEL NUMBERGRTx1x
in10-32.231.49239°.484.670.276.098.048
mmM5 x 0.8
5.912.539°12.317.07.02.51.2
Refer to Catalog 2000 6A-63
TOOLING LENGTH FACTOR
DERA
TING
FAC
TOR
4[102]
3[76]
2[51]
1[25]
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
05
[127]
CHART A
TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm]
6[152]
7[178]
8[203]
GRTx
3xGR
Tx4x
GRTx
5x
GRTx
6x
GRTx
7x
GRTx
8x
GRTx
1xGR
Tx2x
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDERPHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G14
DATE: 6-9-00 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 3 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: GRT
lb49
141337419528562652731
N218625150018652350250029003250
Fain-lb405276127275587
11902486
Nm4.569143166134281
OPEN Mx*in-lb41133221309398707884
1591
Nm4.61525354580
100180
Myin-lb4413313322148657511052077
Nm51515255565125235
MzMODEL NO.
GRTx1xGRTx2xGRTx3xGRTx4xGRTx5xGRTx6xGRTx7xGRTx8x
MAX. ALLOWABLE FORCES & MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS
in-lb116221265398796
128223875083
Nm1325304590
145270574
CLOSE Mx
LETTERDIMØ B1
B2Ø B9 MAXØ B9 MIN
C1C2C3C4K3K4K5K7K9
K10
P5P6
Ø P7Ø P8
P9
MODEL NUMBERGRTx1x
in1.8501.0041.06501.06101.2401.358.236.118.3741.1221.2961.4968-32
x .394 DP0.1268
x .315 DP.484.670.276.098.048
mm47.025.527.126.931.534.56.03.09.528.532.938.0
M4 x 0.7x .394 DP
3.0x .315 DP
12.317.07.02.51.2
HEAVY FORCESPRING ASSIST
PART EJECTOR
LETTERDIMB2
Ø EJ1Ø EJ2Ø EJ3EJ4EJ5EJ6EJ7
Ø EJ8EJ9EJ10EJ11EJ12EJ13EJ14
MODEL NUMBERGRTx1x
in1.0042.330N/A.700N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
1.1261.362.062.0621.0611.297
mm25.559.2N/A17.8N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A28.634.61.61.626.932.9
MODELNO.
GRTx1xGRTx2xGRTx3xGRTx4xGRTx5xGRTx6xGRTx7xGRTx8x
lb3 - 5
4.5 - 8.47.5 - 1111 -1820 - 2827 - 3835 - 5674 - 96
N13 - 2220 - 3733 - 5151 - 8088 - 124121 - 167157 - 248330 - 427
PART EJECTORTOTAL SPRING FORCE
GRIPPER MOUNTING KIT
KIT NUMBERFASTENER
(SHCS)
MODEL NUMBERSPRING ASSISTUNIT GRT112
64128-016-32 x1-1/4
GRT51264129-01M3 x 0.5
x 30
Refer to Catalog 2000 6A-66 Refer to Catalog 2000 6A-66
Refer to Catalog 2000 6A-67
Refer to Catalog 2000 6A-70
Refer to Catalog 2000 6A-72
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G15
DATE: 10-15-02 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES GRB
Notify existing customers of this design change effective 11/22/02.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Product, Series, Type, Jaw Variation, Jaw, Design No.,Bore Size, Total Jaw Rotation, and Options required.
NOTE: Design number dictates imperial or metricmounting holes, dowel pin holes, and ports.
1 - UB15-M18012 x1BRG
PRODUCTG - Gripper
SERIESR - Regular Duty
TYPEB - 180° Angular
JAW VARIATION1 - Non-locking
JAW1 - Style 1
- 2
DESIGN NO.(See Note)
2 - Imperial6 - Metric
-
OPTIONS(OMIT IF NOT REQUIRED)
PORTING OPTIONUB15 - Port option in location 15
SWITCH OPTIONSCU - Proximity switch readyM - Magnet for Series 6790 Switches
BORE SIZEDiameter
mm121620324050
(in)(.472)(.630)(.787)(1.260)(1.575)(1.969)
TOTAL JAWROTATION(DEGREES)
180 (Standard)9060
SERIES 6790 SOLID STATE & REED SWITCHESPART NUMBER
67902-1-0267902-1-0567903-1-0267903-1-0567904-1-0267904-1-05
67922-167923-167924-163549-0263549-05
DESCRIPTIONPNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed, 4.5-30 VDC, 2 Meter CablePNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed, 4.5-30 VDC, 5 Meter CableNPN (Sink) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, 2 Meter CableNPN (Sink) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, 5 Meter CablePNP (Source) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, 2 Meter CablePNP (Source) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, 5 Meter CablePNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed, 4.5-30 VDC, Quick ConnectNPN (Sink) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, Quick ConnectPNP (Source) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, Quick Connect2 Meter Cordset with Quick Connect5 Meter Cordset with Quick Connect
4 mm ROUND INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHESPART NUMBER18430-001-0218430-002-02
DESCRIPTIONNPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cablePNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable
PROXIMITY SWITCHMOUNTING KITS
SIZE121620324050
KIT NUMBER180741809018075180911809118091
Each kit contains 1 target,1 switch mounting bracket,and fasteners for mounting.Switches sold separately.
GRIPPER SIZE121620324050
PORT SIZE10-32 UNC-2B10-32 UNC-2B10-32 UNC-2B
1/8 NPT1/8 NPT1/8 NPT
KIT NUMBER70695-0170695-0170695-0170695-0370695-0370695-03
NOTE: EACH KIT CONTAINS 1 FLOW CONTROL
IMPERIAL FLOW CONTROLS
GRIPPER SIZE121620324050
PORT SIZEM5 x 0.8M5 x 0.8M5 x 0.81/8 BSP1/8 BSP1/8 BSP
KIT NUMBER70696-0170696-0170696-0170696-0370696-0370696-03
NOTE: EACH KIT CONTAINS 1 FLOW CONTROL
METRIC FLOW CONTROLS
STANDARDPORT IN
LOCATION 48OPTION:PORTS INLOCATION 15
180°
60°
90°
Design Change To Series GRB Grippers
Effective November 22, 2002, PHD will be releasing a redesigned Series GRB Gripper. All orders received after this date will requireconversion to the new design. Below is the new ordering data for the new –2 and –6 design plus a general overview of the majorDESIGN IMPROVEMENTS. Although the redesign is a drop-in replacement for existing grippers, there are some issues that requirereview and qualification with existing customers who will be replacing their current design GRB in the future. See the IMPORTANTNOTES section on page 2 of 3.
Also included is a conversion chart to assist you in converting from the old design to the equivalent new design model numbers. Thischart includes the top 50 design 1 and 5 Grippers sold during the past 2 years. See page 3 of 3.
ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRB, DESIGN 2 & 6
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G15
DATE: 10-15-02 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 2 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES GRB
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS
■ Increased grip force
■ Improved precision through decreased jaw side play
■ Larger piston rod and jaw driver provide a significantly more rugged gripper
■ One piece body provides superior interchangeability
■ Internal speed restriction removes the need for external speed controls instandard applications
■ Longer life seals
■ Increased diameter jaw pivot pins, on the smaller sizes, provide for a more robust gripper
■ Series 6790 Solid State and Reed switches now available on all sizes and provide a lower cost switch solution which fits withinbody slots
■ Dowel pin holes added to jaws allow for simplified tooling and improved gripper interchangeability
■ Proximity switches and kits are interchangeable between Design 1, [5] and Design 2, [6]
IMPORTANT NOTES
■ The Design 2, [6] GRB is engineered to utilize PHD’s Series 6790 Solid State and Reed switches. The Series 5360 Hall Effectswitches used on the Design 1, [5] GRB WILL NOT work on the new design units. In the event that a Design 2, [6] GRB gripper isreplacing a Design 1,[5] GRB, the switches will need to be replaced.
■ Because the Design 2, [6] GRB gripper utilizes Series 6790 switches, some minor dimensional changes to the size 12, 16, & 32were required. Material has been added to the switch slot face of the gripper, .060 inch on the size 12, .040 inch on the size 16,and .060 inch on the size 32. This change DID NOT AFFECT the relationship between the mounting faces of the gripper body andthe mounting holes in the jaws.
■ Internal flow controls are no longer available. If a customer needs to reduce the jaw actuation speed, external flow controls maybe purchased as accessories.
■ The corrosion resistant option is no longer available. This option must now be purchased as a Custom Product.
■ The 15°, 60°, & 75° jaw rotations (30°, 120°, & 150° total jaw rotation, respectively) are no longer available. If these rotations arenecessary, they must be purchased as a Custom Product.
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G15
DATE: 10-15-02 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 3 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES GRB
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
GRB ORDERING DATA CONVERSION TABLEDesign 1, [5]Ordering Data Equivalent Design 2, [6] Ordering Data Notes
SIZE 12 GRB121-1-5401GRB121-1 0401GRB121-1-0101GRB521-1-5401GRB521-1-0401GRB121-1-5451GRB121-1-0411GRB121-1-0451GRB521-1-0411GRB131-1-5401GRB131-1-0401GRB131-1-0101GRB131-1-5101GRB531-1-5401GRB131-1-5131GRB131-1-0431GRB131-1-5441GRB131-1-5151GRB231-1-0101GRB141-1-5401GRB541-1-5401GRB141-1-0401GRB141-1-0101GRB541-1-2401GRB141-1-2941GRB141-1-0931GRB141-1-2901GRB141-1-5901GRB141-1-0901GRB141-1-2401GRB141-1-2101GRB241-1-0101GRB141-1-2421GRB141-1-0451GRB151-1-0401GRB151-1-5401GRB151-1-5101GRB151-1-0901GRB151-1-2401GRB151-1-5901GRB151-1-2901GRB151-1-2451GRB251-1-2401GRB251-1-5401GRB161-1-0401GRB161-1-5401GRB161-1-2401GRB161-1-2901GRB161-1-5901GRB261-1-5901
GRB11-2-12 X 180-CUGRB11-2-12 X 180GRB11-2-12 X 180-UB15GRB11-6-12 X 180-CUGRB11-6-12 X 180GRB11-2-12 X 60-CUGRB11-2-12 X 180GRB11-2-12 X 60GRB11-6-12 X 180GRB11-2-16 X 180-CUGRB11-2-16 X 180GRB11-2-16 X 180-UB15GRB11-2-16 X 180-UB15-CUGRB11-6-16 X 180-CUGRB11-2-16 X 90-UB15-CUGRB11-2-16 X 90GRB11-2-16 X 60-CUGRB11-2-16 X 60-CU-UB15GRB11-2-16 X 180-UB15GRB11-2-20 X 180-CUGRB11-6-20 X 180-CUGRB11-2-20 X 180GRB11-2-20 X 180-UB15GRB11-6-20 X 180-MGRB11-2-20 X 60-MGRB11-2-20 X 90GRB11-2-20 X 180-MGRB11-2-20 X 180-CUGRB11-2-20 X 180GRB11-2-20 X 180-MGRB11-2-20 X 180-M-UB15GRB11-2-20 X 180-UB15GRB11-2-20 X 90-MGRB11-2-20 X 60GRB11-2-32 X 180GRB11-2-32 X 180-CUGRB11-2-32 X 180-CU-UB15GRB11-2-32 X 180GRB11-2-32 X 180-MGRB11-2-32 X 180-CUGRB11-2-32 X 180-MGRB11-2-32 X 180-MGRB11-6-32 X 180-MGRB11-2-32 X 180-CUGRB11-2-40 X 180GRB11-2-40 X 180-CUGRB11-2-40 X 180-MGRB11-2-40 X 180-MGRB11-2-40 X 180-CUGRB11-2-40 X 180-CU
SEE NOTE 4, RECOMMEND 60°SEE NOTE 4, RECOMMEND 180°SEE NOTE 4, RECOMMEND 60°SEE NOTE 4, RECOMMEND 180°
SEE NOTE 4, RECOMMEND 60°SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 1SEE NOTES 1 & 3SEE NOTE 3SEE NOTES 1 & 3SEE NOTE 3SEE NOTE 3SEE NOTE 1SEE NOTE 1SEE NOTE 2SEE NOTES 1 & 4, RECOMMEND 90°SEE NOTE 4, RECOMMEND 60°
SEE NOTE 3SEE NOTE 1SEE NOTE 3SEE NOTES 1 & 3SEE NOTES 1 & 4, RECOMMEND 60°SEE NOTES 1 & 2SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 1SEE NOTES 1 & 3SEE NOTE 3SEE NOTES 2 & 3
SIZE 16
SIZE 20
SIZE 32
SIZE 40
NOTES:1) -M OPTION REQUIRES SERIES 6790 SWITCHES, EXISTING SWITCHES MUST BE REPLACED.2) CORROSION RESISTANT IS NO LONGER OFFERED AS STANDARD, AND CAN BE MADE AS A CUSTOM PRODUCT.3) INTERNAL FLOW CONTROLS ARE NO LONGER AVAILABLE, EXTERNAL FLOW CONTROLS ARE AVAILABLE AS ACCESSORIES.4) THIS JAW ROTATION IS NO LONGER AVAILABLE AS STANDARD. USE OTHER ROTATION OR ORDER AS CUSTOM PRODUCT.
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G16
DATE: 2-14-03 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 3 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES GRB
Ensure potential customers are aware of this correction to Catalog 2003.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
SERIES GRB CORRECTED ENGINEERING DATAVarious specifications and performance data has been inaccurately published in Catalog 2003 for the SeriesGRB Grippers. Corrected information appears on the following pages. These replace pages 6B-6, 6B-8, 6B-9,and 6B-10 in Catalog 2003. Corrected information and charts are highlighted (shaded).
SPECIFICATIONS
NOMINALTOTAL JAWROTATION
180°180°180°180°180°180°
SIZE121620324050
EXTERNALGRIP
INTERNALGRIP
Imperial0.0650.180.611.93.712
Metric1062999943170608919964
Imperial0.0830.210.752.44.314
Metric13634612213951704922864
GRIP FORCE FACTOR GF
DISPLACEMENTin3
0.090.210.381.332.847.00
cm3
1.43.56.22247
115
GRIPPERWEIGHT
lb0.280.550.982.24.311.5
kg0.130.250.450.982.05.2
CLOSE TIME87 psi [6 bar]
sec0.120.250.260.410.550.56
OPEN TIME87 psi [6 bar]
sec0.070.130.130.190.300.32
JAW PIVOT
F/2 F/2
F = Total Grip Force
PART
TOOLING LENGTH= 1.75 in [44.5 mm]
GRIP FORCE CALCULATION EXAMPLE:
Example: GRB11-2-20 x 180, [GRB11-6-20 x 180]Operating Pressure = 87 psi [6 bar]Find Tooling Length (Distance Between Jaw Pivot and Gripping Point): Desired tooling length is1.75 in [44.5 mm].Find Jaw Angle at Point of Grip: Jaws will be parallel (0°) at point of grip.Determine Force Multipler Based on Jaw Angle at Point of Grip: Because jaws are parallel (0°)at point of grip, force multiplier = 1 (from Force Multiplier Graph above).Find Grip Factor (GF) = .61 [994] (from Specifications p. 6)Total Grip Force = ((87 psi x .61) / 1.75) x 1 = 30.3 lb [((6 bar x 994) / 44.5) x 1 = 134 N]
PRESSURE (psi) x GF
DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (in)x FORCE MULTIPLIER = TOTAL GRIP FORCE (lb)
PRESSURE [bar] x GF
DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT [mm]x FORCE MULTIPLIER = TOTAL GRIP FORCE [N]
Refer to Catalog 2003, Page 6B-6
Refer to Catalog 2003, Page 6B-8
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN: G16 PAGE 2 OF 3
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
SIZE 122.25
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.00
.75
.50
.25
040 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
CYCLE TIME (ms/90°)
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
(lb-in
2 )
CYCLE TIME (ms/90°)60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
SIZE 16
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
(lb-in
2 )
CYCLE TIME (ms/90°)
60
50
40
30
20
10
0120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
SIZE 40
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
(lb-in
2 )
CYCLE TIME (ms/90°)
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
060 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
SIZE 20
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
(lb-in
2 )
[6.6]
[5.9]
[5.1]
[4.4]
[3.7]
[2.9]
[2.2]
[1.5]
[.73]
[0]
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
[x 1
0-4 k
g-m
2 ]
[8.0]
[7.3]
[6.6]
[5.9]
[5.1]
[4.4]
[3.7]
[2.9]
[2.2]
[1.5]
[.73]
[0]
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
[x 1
0-4 k
g-m
2 ]
[26]
[23]
[21]
[18]
[15]
[12]
[8.8]
[5.9]
[2.9]
[0]
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
[x 1
0-4 k
g-m
2 ]
[176]
[146]
[117]
[88]
[59]
[29]
[0]
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
[x 1
0-4 k
g-m
2 ]
15
12
9
6
3
060 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
SIZE 32
CYCLE TIME (ms/90°)
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
(lb-in
2 )
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440
SIZE 50
CYCLE TIME (ms/90°)
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
(lb-in
2 )
[583]
[527]
[468]
[410]
[351]
[293]
[234]
[176]
[117]
[59]
[0]
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
[x 1
0-4 k
g-m
2 ]
[44]
[35]
[26]
[18]
[8.8]
[0]TO
OLIN
G IN
ERTI
A [x
10-4
kg-
m2 ]
2.75
2.50
2.25
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.00
.75
.50
.25
0
JAW TOOLINGJaw tooling must be sized in
such a manner as to keep the total jawtooling inertia (per jaw) in the shadedareas of the charts below. Use thecalculation example on page 10 as atemplate for your tooling design.
R2R1
HA
WALA
HB
LB
WB
PART A
PART B
AXIS Z1
AXIS Z2
AXIS Z(TOTAL JAW
TOOLING INERTIAIS CALCULATED
ABOUT THIS AXIS)
JAW TOOLING INERTIA GRAPHS(PER JAW)
Refer to Catalog 2003, Page 6B-9
FILE UNDER GRIPPERS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN: G16 PAGE 3 OF 3
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
JAW TOOLING INERTIA CALCULATION(PER JAW)
STEP 1:Determine the Gripper Size, Jaw Tooling Dimensions, andGripper Opening Time.
STEP 2:Calculate the moments of inertia for the Jaw Tooling.
PART A
Calculation of Jaw Tooling Mass:MA = LA x HA x WA x Mass Density of Jaw Tooling Material
Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z1:IZ1 = (1/12) x (MA) x (HA
2 + LA2)
Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z:IZA = IZ1 + (MA x R12)
PART B
Calculation of Jaw Tooling Mass:MB = LB x HB x WB x Mass Density of Jaw Tooling Material
Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z2:IZ2 = (1/12) x (MB) x (HB
2 + LB2)
Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z:IZB = IZ2 + (MB x R22)
TOTAL JAW TOOLING INERTIA:ITOTAL = IZA + IZB
STEP 3:Verify Jaw Tooling Inertia by comparing ITOTAL with Jaw ToolingInertia graph.
EXAMPLE:
STEP 1:Gripper Size: 20, Jaw Tooling Dimensions: see graphic, GripperOpening Time: 130 ms
STEP 2:PART A
LA = .500 in [.013 m]HA = .625 in [.016 m]WA = .750 in [.019 m]Mass Density of Aluminum = .098 lb/in3 [2712.6 kg/m3]R1 = 3.000 in [.075 m]
Calculation of Jaw Tooling Mass:MA = .500 in x .625 in x .750 in x .098 lb/in3
[.013 m x .016 m x .019 m x 2712.6 kg/m3]MA = .023 lb [.011 kg]
Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z1:IZ1 = (1/12) x (.023 lb) x (.6252 in + .5002 in)
[(1/12) x (.011 kg) x (.0162 m + .0132 m)]IZ1 = .0013 lb-in2 [3.9 x 10-7 kg-m2]
Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z:IZA = .0013 lb-in2 + (.023 lb x 3.0002 in)
[3.9 x 10-7 kg-m2 + (.011 kg x .0752 kg)]IZA = .208 lb-in2 [6.2 x 10-5 kg-m2]
PART BLB = 2.500 in [.064 m]HB = .350 in [.009 m]WB = .600 in [.015 m]Mass Density of Aluminum = .098 lb/in3 [2712.6 kg/m3]R2 = 2.000 in [.051 m]
Calculation of Jaw Tooling Mass:MB = 2.500 in x .350 in x .600 in x .098 lb/in3
[.064 m x .009 m x .015 m x 2712.6 kg/m3]MB = .051 lb [.023 kg]
Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z2:IZ2 = (1/12) x (.051 lb) x (.3502 in + 2.5002 in)
[(1/12) x (.023 kg) x (.0092 m + .0642 m)]IZ2 = .027 lb-in2 [8.0 x 10-6 kg-m2]
Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z:IZB = .027 lb-in2 + (.051 lb x 2.0002 in)
[8.0 x 10-6 kg-m2 + (.023 kg x .0512 m)]IZB = .231 lb-in2 [6.8 x 10-5 kg-m2]
TOTAL JAW TOOLING INERTIA:ITOTAL = .208 lb-in2 + .231 lb-in2
[6.2 x 10-5 kg-m2 + 6.8 x 10-5 kg-m2]ITOTAL = .439 lb-in2 [1.3 x 10-4 kg-m2]
STEP 3:
R2R1
HA
WALA
PART A
AXIS Z1
AXIS Z2
AXIS Z(TOTAL JAW
TOOLING INERTIAIS CALCULATED
ABOUT THIS AXIS)
R2R1
HB
LB
WB
PART B
AXIS Z1
AXIS Z2
AXIS Z(TOTAL JAW
TOOLING INERTIAIS CALCULATED
ABOUT THIS AXIS)
ITOTAL
CYCLE TIME (ms/90°)
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
060 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
SIZE 20
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
(lb-in
2 )
[26]
[23]
[21]
[18]
[15]
[12]
[8.8]
[5.9]
[2.9]
[0]
TOOL
ING
INER
TIA
[x 1
0-4 k
g-m
2 ]
Refer to Catalog 2003, Page 6B-10
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G17
DATE: 5-5-05 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES GRS & SERIES GRF
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
New Switch Kit Numbers for Series GRS/GRF Grippers
In March 2005, performance inconsistencies with the Series 6790 switches were discovered on Series GRSand Series GRF Grippers. To address this issue, changes were made to the magnet to improve theperformance of each style of 6790 switch.
Following is a cross-reference guide for the new switch kits used in conjunction with Series GRS and SeriesGRF Gripper products.
Series GRS Grippers Switch Kit Cross-ReferenceNew Kit Number New Kit Number
Gripper Size Old Kit Number for 6790 for 6790REED Switches MR Switches (Solid State)
27 70664-27 76108-27 76107-2728 70664-27 76108-27 76107-2732 70664-32 76108-32 76107-3250 70664-50 76108-50 76107-5063 70664-63 76108-63 76107-63
Series GRF Gripper Switch Kit Cross-ReferenceNew Kit Number New Kit Number
Gripper Size Old Kit Number for 6790 for 6790REED Switches MR Switches (Solid State)
19 KIT DID NOT CHANGE: USE 73723-1925 73723-25 76113-25 76112-2528 73723-28 76113-28 76112-2832 73723-32 76113-32 76112-32
Customers ordering Series GRS and Series GRF Grippers should be advised of the new switch kits availablefor 6790 Switches.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW1
DATE: 4-4-91 PRODUCT TYPE: REED SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: AN12-6, 12, 20 AB12-1
13109-02-06, 12 7518-01-06, 12
Customers who experienced quality problems on these switches should be made aware of theimprovement.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
In June of 1990, PHD began molding some models of cylinder mounted proximity switches with anew 20% glass fiber filled compound.
The purpose of this product change was to address several incidents in the field where Reed typeswitches had experienced failure. A percentage of these failures was attributed to excessiveshrinkage of the plastic molded material. If shrinkage occurred it could potentially crack the glassencapsulated Reed switch.
The switch models affected by this change are as follows:
AN12 - 6, 12, or 20 ..... 10 Watt Reed Switch with 6, 12, or 20 foot CableAB12 - 1 ...................... 10 Watt Reed Switch with Quick Connect13109 - 02 - 06,12 ...... 3 Amp Reed Gated Triac with 6 or 12 foot Cable7518 - 01 - 06, 12 ....... Sink/Source Hall Effect Switch with 6 or 12 foot Cable
Design number changes were not necessary since each product has a date code molded into thepackage. All products with a date code of 6/90 or later will be made of this new glass filled material.
The old switches were transparent colored, but the new switches appear cloudy colored.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW2
DATE: 4-10-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: HALL EFFECT MODEL 17504-1-06
It has recently come to our attention that there have been some problems in the field relating to theinstallation of PHD Hall Effect Switch model #17504-1-06. The problem stems from the shield withinthe switch cable. Internally this shield should not come in contact with any of the cable conductors.However, in approximately 10% of models produced prior to 01/15/91, the possibility existed that theshield could contact the white wire.
The white wire is the output of the switch, and as this unit is a sourcing type unit, if this shield wereattached to ground, the output of the switch could become shorted causing the switch to eitherpermanently or intermittently fail.
In some instances the condition is not discovered unless the cable is flexed near the switch.
In many applications the shield of switch cables is ignored and therefore this situation does notcause a problem.
REQUIRED ACTION:If you believe that you have experienced this problem or have this product installed on equipmentwhere there is some immediate concern then we suggest that this condition be checked for. Asimple power off continuity test with a buzz box or ohmmeter across the white wire and shield shouldtell. A GOOD unit should show NO continuity between the white wire and the shield. If you find thatyou do have some of these units in your possession, PHD will exchange them for current units wherethis problem has been corrected.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW3
DATE: 4-25-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SENSORS &SET-POINT MODULESPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: HALL EFFECT, ALL SET-POINTSThe PHD Set-Point Module with Hall Effect Sensors was first introduced in the Fall of '84. Since then,
thousands of Gripper and Rotary Actuators with Sensor and Set-Point Module systems have been success-fully implemented in the field.
Occasionally there have been some systems installed that have proven to be less successful. Thepurpose of this Technical Data Bulletin is to inform the user of some of the pitfalls that can occur and how toavoid them.
DescriptionThe PHD Set-Point Module is a very simple circuit employing a voltage regulator, a quad comparator, four
trim pots, and four output transistors. The Set-Point Module is fairly temperature stable and exhibits very littledrift of signal over a wide range of supply voltage fluctuations.
The PHD Sensor is a Linear Output Hall Effect Transducer (LOHET) which is constructed on a ceramicsubstrate giving it extremely stable operating characteristics over fairly wide temperature ranges.
FunctionThe most common configuration of the system is on a PHD Gripper or Rotary Actuator. Typically a rotat-
ing member of these actuators will have a magnet affixed to it which in turn rotates at the face of the sensor.The magnet is constructed such that opposite poles will be presented to the sensor at each end of motion.The sensor will produce an increasing voltage as the polarity of the magnet changes from North to South.This signal is then conducted to the Set-Point Module through the Sensor cable.
The Set-Point Module has four trimming potentiometer adjustments located on the side of the case.These pots are independent of one another and may be adjusted to coincide with the signal returned by theSensor at any position of actuator travel. Once adjusted, the corresponding outputs and LED indicators willturn on whenever the Sensor signal has passed through the set point.
Performance FactorsFactors which can affect the performance of a PHD Sensor and Set-Point Module system are as follows:
Mechanical ConsiderationsCharacterized by "crisp" transitions from off to on of the LED indicators, but Set-Points will appear
to have drifted.1. Variations in air pressure can cause tooling to flex. When this happens the magnet can
actually pivot very slightly. This inconsistency can cause Set-Points to appear to drift.
2. Tooling attached to grippers may be moved during setups or as a result of a machinecollision. If either of these situations occurs, then Set-Points should be readjusted.
3. Wear over time may take place on the tooling surfaces or in the gripper pivot pin bushings.As wear occurs the pivotal stopping positions of the magnet may change thereby causingSet-Points to change.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW3
DATE: 4-25-91 PRODUCT TYPE: SENSORS &SET-POINT MODULESPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: HALL EFFECT, ALL SET-POINTS
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDERPHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Double check all future applications to make sure they conform to the criteria on this Technical Data Sheet.
REQUIRED ACTION:Figure 1 Schematic
Electrical ConsiderationsTypically indicated by the lack of "crisp" on and off transitions of the LED indicators.
1. Sensor cables should always be isolated physically from other wiring such as servo orStepper Motor cables and valve solenoid wiring.
2. The Set-Point Module uses an on-board voltage regulator circuit to supply voltage to thesensing system. Severe fluctuations of the DC supply to the Set-Point Module can causeinconsistent performance.
3. The Sensor cable includes a shield in contact with a groundable drain wire. This drain wiremay be grounded to either machine ground or 0 Volts DC. There is no hard and fast ruleas to which of these will yield the best shield for the signal.
4. If high electrical interference is present, it may be filtered with a resistor and capacitornetwork as shown in the schematic in figure 1. Initial values for R and C are shown. Theonly way to observe this interference is with an oscilloscope attached to the white andblack wires of the sensor cable. A volt meter is not fast enough.
Application RecommendationsAlthough PHD Sensor and Set-Point Module systems are capable of some fairly fine discriminations, they
are not recommended for applications of measuring parts. This is due to variations that will occur in partsand/or tooling based on fluctuations of operating pressures and temperatures.
Suggested applications would be for inspection for presence of parts, i.e., signals to indicate when thegripper is open, closed on a part, or missed a part. Remember to allow for a fair amount of jaw travel tocontinue in the event of a missed part. If the tooling should restrict the amount of residual jaw travel aftermissing a part, then the system may have difficulty detecting this small additional travel.
Additional applications would include those that require the sorting of parts that have a significant differ-ence in physical size.
Also applications that inspect for specific physical geometry on parts such as the presence of flats, hexesor significant difference in sizes of holes in parts.
BLACKRED
WHITE
R = 750 OHM 1/4 WATTC = 22 MICRO FARRAD
+
R
C
-
18-24VDC
SUPPLY123456789
10
+ 18-24 VDC
TRNS POS
TRNS SIG A
TRNS SIG B
OUTPUT A1
OUTPUT A2
OUTPUT B1
OUTPUT B2+ 4.5-24 VDC
SOURCEONLY
-0 VDC
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW4
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL PHD PROXIMITY SWITCHES
Inform your customers of this potential problem and of the easy solution shown above.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Proximity SwitchCablesPneumatic Tubing
Wire Tie
CORRECTINCORRECT
Caution must be taken when using wire ties on PHD proximity switch cables. Crimping of the cableby extremely tight wire ties may cause the wire braids to break. The outer jacket may appearundamaged while the internal strain has severed the fine wire inside. This is especially true of theModel 18430-xxx-xx 4mm round and 18431-xxx-xx 6 mm square proximity switches.
The solution is to use less tension when installing the wire ties and use additional shielding to protectthe switch cable. The use of pneumatic tubing is ideal for protecting the cable while securing it withwire ties.
Caution When Using Wire Ties
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW5
DATE: 8-3-92 PRODUCT TYPE: AC REED SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: AN12-6, AB12, 17501-1-06, 17521-1, 15900-1
Qualify all AC Reed Switch applications and specify 15901-1 3 amp Reed Switches wheneverpossible.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
AC Reed Switches Used with Allen Bradley ControllersIn some applications, PHD AC type Reed Switches are failing where they are used as inputs to AllenBradley Model SLC100, SLC 150, SLC 500, and SLC 501 controllers. This is due to the inrushcurrent produced by the Allen Bradley controller which far exceeds the maximum limits of most PHDReed Switches.
These applications require the use of the PHD 15901-1 3 amp Reed Switch. It is recommended thatany applications for the following PHD AC Reed Switches be qualified as to their specific use.
AN12-6 Reed SwitchAB12 Reed Switch with Quick Connect17501-1-06 Compact Reed Switch17521-1 Compact Reed Switch with Quick Connect15900-1 Liquid Resistant Reed Switch
The above switches may not work with Allen Bradley Model SLC 100, SLC 150, SLC 500, and SLC501 controllers without additional current limiting protection.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW6
DATE: 3-1-94 PRODUCT TYPE: LIQUID RESISTANT REED SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 15900-1
None required.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
15900-1 LED Works On DC Sink Or SourceStarting in April, all 15900-1 Liquid Resistant Reed Switches will contain a bipolar LED indicator thatwill work on both DC sink and source applications. The original design contained an LED indicatorthat only functioned when used in a current sourcing application.
Shown below are schematics for wiring these switches in the DC sink and source modes. Theseimproved switches will be shipped with new packers indicating the bipolar LED and proper wiringinstructions.
15900-1 Switch Wiring Schematic DC Application -Sink Circuit
15900-1 Switch Wiring Schematic DC Application -Source Circuit
+ DC
– DC
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 1
LOAD
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 1
LOAD
– DC
+ DC
Bipolar LED emits a green light in the sinking circuitand a red light in the sourcing circuit.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW7
DATE: 1-1-95 PRODUCT TYPE: COMPACT PROXIMITY SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 17509-01-06, 17529
Suggest that any customers with requirements for 10 watt power capacities on AC service use 17501or 17521 Compact Switches. (See Catalog 93 page 7-8)
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
17509 AND 17529 Wattage Rating ChangeThe power capacity rating on 17509-01-06 (plain) and 17529 (Quick Connect) current limitingCompact Proximity Switches has changed from 10 watt to 2.5 watt maximum.
This revision is identified through a design number change.
PART NUMBERS POWER CAPACITY
OLD SWITCH 17509-01-06 17529 10 WATT
REVISED SWITCH 17509-02-06 17529-2 2.5 WATT
The 17509-02-06 will begin phasing into production around February 1, 1995.
The 17529-2 started shipping around December 1, 1994.
PHD will automatically update orders to the revised switches as they are available. This change willhave little effect on customer applications because higher watt applications are extremely rare.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW8
DATE: 1-1-95 PRODUCT TYPE: MINIATURE PROXIMITY SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 53609-1-02, 53629-1
Suggest that any customers with requirements for 10 watt power capacities on AC service use53601-1-02 or 53621 Compact Switches. (See Catalog Addendum SW03)
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
53609 and 53629 Wattage Rating ChangeThe power capacity rating on 53609-1-02 (plain) and 53629-1 (Quick Connect) current limitingCompact Proximity Switches has changed from 10 watt to 2.5 watt maximum.
This revision is identified through a design number change.
PART NUMBERS POWER CAPACITY
OLD SWITCH 53609-1-02 53629-1 10 WATT
REVISED SWITCH 53609-2-02 53629-2 2.5 WATT
The 53609-2-02 & 53629-2 will begin phasing into production around March 15, 1995.
PHD will automatically update orders to the revised switches as they are available. This change willhave little effect on customer applications because higher watt applications are extremely rare.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW9
DATE: 9-20-95 PRODUCT TYPE: REED SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL 1750 COMPACT REED SWITCHES
Distributors should return any Series 1750 Compact Reed Switch inventory to PHD for retrofit withthe new softer O-rings. Inform any of your customers who may have experienced Series 1750Compact Reed Switch failures.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Solution for Faulty 1750 Reed SwitchesSeries 1750 Reed Switches have been subject to sporadic and inconsistent failures over the pastseveral months. PHD has identified and corrected the source for these sporadic switch failures.
It was discovered that in some cases, the force exerted by the switch brackets was enough to bendor deflect the reed contained in the molded switch. Given the right circumstances, this deflection wasenough to crack the reed causing premature switch failure.
As of 9-7-95 all Series 1750 Reed Switches shipped from PHD, Inc., have a softer durometer O-ringwhich greatly reduces the force exerted on the switches and eliminates the premature switch failure.These revised switch assemblies are identified by a clipped corner on the switch label attached tothe cable.
These premature switch failures applied only to the following Series 1750 Reed Switches. Series1750 Hall Effect Switches were NOT affected and have not experienced any abnormal failure rates.
AFFECTED REED SWITCHESPart No. Color Description17502-1-06 White Sink or Source Type 4.5-24 VDC17501-1-06 Blue AC Type 65-120 VAC17509-2-06 Green AC Type 110-120 VAC with Current Limit17522-1 White Sink or Source Type VDC, Quick Connect17521-1 Blue AC Type 65-120 VAC, Quick Connect17529-2 Green AC Type 110-120 VAC, Quick Connect with Current Limit
Softer DurometerO-ring
Identified by clippedcorner on tag.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW10
DATE: 2-9-96 PRODUCT TYPE: REED SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL 1750 COMPACT REED SWITCHES
As necessary. All Series 1750 Compact Reed Switches with either a clipped tag or a date code of9538 or later has the O-ring solution.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Date Coding of Series 1750 SolutionPer Technical Data Bulletin SW9, PHD identified and corrected the problem with the Series 1750Reed Switches. Effective immediately, PHD is no longer clipping the corner of the tag to identify theinclusion of the softer Durometer O-ring. Identification of the corrected switches can now be made bythe date code on the switch. (See below.)
NOTE: This applies ONLY to the Series 1750 Reed Switches. Series 1750 Hall Effect Switches werenot affected.
Softer DurometerO-ring
Date of 9538 (38th weekof 1995) or later containsthe o-ring solution.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW11
DATE: 2-9-96 PRODUCT TYPE: HALL SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 5360 & 5580 HALL EFFECT
Inform customers as necessary of this product improvement.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Transient Voltage ProtectionAs part of PHD's continual product improvement, PHD has enhanced the Series 5360 and 5580 HallEffect Switches by adding transient protection. This is accomplished by adding a zener diode to theswitch which reduces potential damage as a result of voltage spikes.
• No design number change was necessary to reflect this improvement.• This added feature is stated in Catalog 96.• This enhancement is being phased into current inventory with an estimated completion
date of 4-30-96.
AFFECTED SWITCHES
COLORYellow
RedYellow
Red
PART NO.55803-1-0255804-1-0255823-155824-1
DESCRIPTIONNPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cablePNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cableNPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick ConnectPNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect
SERIES 5580 (HALL)
COLORYellow
RedYellow
Red
PART NO.53603-1-0253604-1-0253623-153624-1
DESCRIPTIONNPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cablePNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cableNPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick ConnectPNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect
SERIES 5360 (HALL)
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW12
DATE: 5-5-97 PRODUCT TYPE: REED SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 1750 & 5360 REED SWITCHES
Inform affected customers of this upcoming change.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Phase Out of 1750 & 5360 AC Switches
Eliminating Series 5360 Miniature Recommended Replacement& 1750 Proximity Switches 65-120 V.A.C Switch with Current Limiting Feature
• 53601-1-02 • 53609-2-02• 53621-1 • 53629-2• 17501-1-06 • 17509-2-06• 17521-1 • 17529-2
By taking this step, we will reduce the frequency of switch problems in the field by offering onlythe current limit model. No increase in price will be realized.
As inventory is depleted, (current estimate is July/August 1997), PHD will automatically convertorders to the corresponding switches with current limiting.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES/SENSORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW13
DATE: 2/13/98 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHES & SENSORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: CN03-6
Inform any existing CN03-6 users of this change.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
CN03-6 Switch Elimination
Phd will cease manufacturing and sale of the CN03-6 proximity switch once current inventory isdepleted. This is projected to occur by late summer of this year.
Alternatives
PHD recommends using the Series 1750, 1590, or AN12-6 normally open switches in place ofthe CN03-6.
The CN03-6 switch was designed to be wired either normally open or normally closed to supportthe common practice of wiring directly to valves years ago. With today’s PLC software and I/Otechnology, software changes can easily be done to accomodate the normally open PHDswitches listed above.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES/SENSORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW14
DATE: 3/9/98 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 6250
None
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Marks on Series 6250 Switches
Currently, PHD advertises the CE mark in association with our new Series 6250 Switches onpage 8-13 in Catalog 98. The CE mark (stands for Conformite Europeene) is used to indicate themarked product meets relevant requirements adopted by the European Council.
Due to unanticipated delays in processing our application, the Series 6250 Switches arecurrently unable to officially carry the CE marks. PHD fully anticipates this occurring by the endof June 1998. Until this time, PHD Customer Service will be qualifying each order received forthese switches as to whether the CE mark was crucial in the customer's purchasing decision.
FILE UNDER SWITCHES AND SENSORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW15
DATE: 7/10/98 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHES AND SENSORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SEE BELOW
Inform customers who require this certification.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Certification
Effective June 1, 1998 PHD has received notification of acceptance that the majority of PHD'sproximity switch product line has qualified to carry the CE mark. The CE mark (stands forConformite Europeene) is used to indicate the marked product meets relevant requirementsadopted by the European Council. Following is a complete listing of PHD switches that will carrythe CE mark.
TYPE: 15901-1 53602-2yy 53606-1-yy 62505-1-yy15902-1 53622-2 53626-1 62515-117502-1-xx 53603-1-yy 55802-1-yy 62506-1-yy17522-1 53623-1 55822-1 62516-117503-1-xx 53604-1-yy 55803-1-yy 62507-1-yy*17523-1 53624-1 55823-1 62517-1*17504-1-xx 53605-1-yy 55804-1-yy17524-1 53625-1 55824-1
*Applicable for 10 to 30 VDC operation only. xx is cable length (in feet)yy is cable length (in meters)
FILE UNDER SWITCHES AND SENSORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW16
DATE: 9/23/98 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHES AND SENSORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 5360, 5580, and 1750 switches
Inform future users of the revision.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Revision to Male Quick ConnectPHD’s supplier of 8mm push-in male quick connect (available on the 1750, 5360, and 5580series switches) has notified us of impending changes. A more versatile dual purpose connectorwill be made available in the near future not only with the current push-in feature, but also withintegral threads which creates a watertight connection.
When using the push-in feature only, the connector is compatible with the existing 17533-00-02(2 meter long) and 17533-00-05 (5 meter long) PHD female cordsets. In this situation, the matingelectrical connection is rated for an IP65 protection class against dust ingress and direct waterspray contact. Alternatively, when used with the proper “locking nut” style female cordset, themating electrical connection is rated for an IP68 protection class against immersion in liquid.Currently PHD does not offer this particular cordset, but plans to in the near future.
There will be no effect in function, however, there is a slight dimensional change as a result ofthe threads being added. The new style will be provided in orders as inventory of the currentstyle is depleted. This will occur over the next 1 to 3 months.
4° TYP
LED INDICATOR
4.000[101.6]
Ø .134 [3.40]
(5.590 [142])Ø.200 [5.1]
1.000 [25.4]
.293[7.4]
.320[8.1]
.150[3.8]
.295[7.5]
.445[11.3]
[M8x1]
1750 HALL EFFECT1750 REED4° TYP
.473[12.0]
LED INDICATOR
.028 [.71]
4.000[101.6]
Ø .134 [3.40]
Ø.200 [5.1]
1.000 [25.4]
.293[7.4]
.320[8.1]
.178[4.52]
.323[8.2]
(5.590 [142])
[M8x1]
5360 HALL EFFECT AND MAGNETORESISTIVE
[M8x1]
CABLE x Ø .134 [3.40]
4.000[102.0] .290
[7.4].700 [17.8].126
[3.2].325[8.3]
.061[1.5]
.460[11.7]
.150[3.8]
.320[8.1]
(5.590 [142])
.580[14.7]
5360 REED[M8x1]
CABLE x Ø .134 [3.40]
4.000[102.0] A
B.126[3.2]
.325[8.3]
.061[1.5]
.460[11.7]
.150[3.8]
.320[8.1]
(5.590 [142])
.580[14.7] LETTER DIM.
A B53602-2 & 53622-253609-2 & 53629-2
.685 [17.4]
.895 [22.7]
MODEL NO.1.090 [27.7]1.300 [33]
5580 REED AND HALL EFFECT
[M8x1]
CABLE x Ø .134 [3.40]
4.000[102.0]
1.180 [30.0](5.550 [141])
.236 [6.0] SQ
FILE UNDER SWITCHES IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW17
DATE: 12-3-99 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: MODEL 17000-xx-5 BRACKET
Inform customer as necessary of this product innovation and transition period.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
NEW STYLE SWITCH BRACKETS FOR USE WITH THE SERIES 1750 SWITCHESAs part of PHD’s continual product improvement, PHD has introduced a more adaptable switchbracket. This bracket includes an integral cable strain relief and is manufactured from durable plastic.The new design bracket is available in four (4) sizes for use on 3/4", 1", 1-1/8", 1-3/8", Series AV,Series HV cylinders and associated powered slides.
The four new plastic brackets are completely interchangeable with the eight metal brackets theyreplace.
This enhanced bracket is currently being phased into inventory as a running change. The completetransition is estimated to be complete by Spring of 2000.
AFFECTED BRACKETS
OLD BRACKET
17000-31-017000-32-017000-33-017000-34-017000-31-917000-32-917000-33-917000-34-9
NEW BRACKET
17000-31-517000-32-517000-33-517000-34-517000-31-517000-32-517000-33-517000-34-5
SWITCH BRACKET DOES NOTEXTEND BEYOND CYLINDER
OUTLINE ON THIS SIDE
.144 [3.7] MAX
.429 [10.9] MAX
1.000[25.4] LED INDICATOR
7.00[17.8]
FILE UNDER SWITCHES/SENSORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW18
DATE: 6-9-00 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 63549 CORDSETS
Inform customers as required of this transition.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
63549-xx CORDSETSOn approximately 5/10/00, PHD began substituting Series 63549-05 threaded quick connectcordsets for the previous 17533-00-05 on Series 5360 and 5580 switches. Previously, this cordsetwas available only on the Series 1750 switches. Based on current inventory, 63549-02 cordsets willreplace 17533-00-02 around 7/1/00. Below is a comparison between the cordsets.
Note: Pre-June '98 switches should not be used with the new 63549 cordset as there is minimumretention using this combination. In the rare situation where your customer needs to replace acordset used with a pre-June switch, PHD will replace the switch on a no-charge basis.
CORDSETS
PVC
GRAY
.134"
SAME
JACKET MATERIAL
JACKET COLOR
JACKET DIAMETER
PRICE
“OLD” SERIES 17533CORDSETS
PUR (poly-urethane)
BLACK
.177"
SAME
“NEW” SERIES 63549COMMENTS
Poly-urethane has become more desirable in the industryWe will now have some switches with gray pigtails and somewith black. All cordsets will be black.Some new switch and cordset combinations might not fitthrough previously designed cable routings. Rare instances
63549-xx CORDSETS WITH FEMALE QUICK CONNECT
MODEL NO. L78.74[2 m]
196.85[5 m]
LETTER DIM.
63549-02
63549-05
PIN 2/4WIRE COLOR
BLACK
BLACK CABLE
PIN 3WIRE COLORBLUE L
1.299[34.8]
Ø .402[10.2]
.689[19.3]
BLACK CONNECTORPIN 1WIRE COLORBROWN
Ø .177 [4.5]
FILE UNDER SWITCHES & SENSORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW19
DATE: 2-24-03 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 5360
Communicate this bulletin to your customers who use these switches.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
INCORRECT WIRING SCHEMATIC LABELIt has been discovered that the wiring schematic labels, which are attached to the lead cable of the followingswitches, were incorrectly printed.
53603-1-0253603-1-0553623-1
This affects the above switches with the date codes of 111 - 301 (November 2001 - January 2003). The wiringschematic is correct however in Catalog 2003 as well as the packer, which is included in each switchshipment. Identifiable problems have been minimal as most users rely principally on the packer for referencewhen installing the switches.
As of February 14, 2003, all labels have been corrected. Below is a drawing of the previously incorrect labelsand the correct labels for reference.
6441-432
®
PART NO. 53603-1-02 AND 53623 (SINK - NPN)INPUT - 4.5-24 VDCLOAD - 200 mA MAX.
FT. WAYNE, IN USA
BLACK LOAD
DC
DC
3
1
2/4
BLUE
BROWN
PIN 2/4
PIN 3
PIN 1
LOAD
DC
DC
53603-1-02 WITH 2 METER CABLE
HALL
SWIT
CH
53623 WITH QUICK CONNECT
HALL
SWIT
CH
6441-433®
MODEL NO. 53603-1-05 (SINK-NPN)INPUT - 4.5-24 VDCLOAD - 20mA MAX.
BLACK LOAD
DC
DCBLUE
BROWN
HALL
SWIT
CH
®®
INCORRECT LABELS
CORRECT LABELS
FILE UNDER SWITCHES & SENSORS IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SW20
DATE: 6-4-03 PRODUCT TYPE: SWITCHESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 17000-xx-0 Brackets
Communicate this bulletin to your customers who have requested these metal brackets.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Metal Proximity Switch Mounting BracketsFor Use With Series 1750 Switches
Due to market demand, PHD will again make available the 17000-31-0 through -34-0 metal switchmounting brackets in addition to the plastic composite brackets currently cataloged. For clarification,there are no fundamental performance issues with the plastic brackets. However, there are certaincustomers who simply prefer and want the metal brackets. PHD does not plan on cataloging themetal brackets. However, for those customers who demand to purchase the metal brackets, they areavailable as a standard order item. PHD will be stocking these brackets. Contact PHD CustomerService for large quantity delivery information.
Part Numbers List Price17000-31-0 $12.7517000-32-0 $12.7517000-33-0 $12.7517000-34-0 $12.75
-31-0 thru -34-0 Brackets
.500 [12.7] MAX
.137 [3.5] MAX
OPTIONAL:CABLE STRAIN RELIEF BRACKET
SWITCH BRACKET DOES NOT EXTEND BEYONDCYLINDER OUTLINE ON THIS SIDE
1.000[25.4]LED INDICATOR
.690[17.5] SERIES
1000 & 20003000 & 4000
ROTARY SECTION17000-32-017000-34-0
DESCRIPTIONStrain Relief Kit for use withCompact Switch Brackets
PART NO.17494
COMPACT SWITCH
STRAIN RELIEF KITS
ROTARY & MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
NPG
METRIC1925293529
COMPACT SWITCH17000-31-017000-32-017000-33-017000-34-017000-33-0
AV & HV
SERIES
CYLINDERSBORE SIZE
IMPERIAL3/41
1-1/81-3/81-1/8
FILE UNDER AUTOMATION HARDWARE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: A1
DATE: 4-3-91 PRODUCT TYPE: ADAPTORSPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: MINIATURE ADAPTORS
All Miniature Adaptors will now have a keyway added to the rod or shaft mounting diameter. Thiswas done due to customer demand or suggestion, because they would like to have a keyedorientation for lineup purposes, and to help keep the Adaptor tight on the shaft.
Catalog 91 contains this new feature on Dimensional Page 8-11.
None.
BEFORE NOW
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DIMENSIONS: MINIATURE ADAPTORS
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER AUTOMATION HARDWARE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: A2
DATE: 4-24-91 PRODUCT TYPE: AUTOMATION HARDWAREPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: TRANSITION PLATES
All Transition Plates have been or will be changed to have clear anodized aluminum instead of blackanodized aluminum. This was done to provide a more aesthetically pleasing look that will blend withadditional machining done to the plate instead of showing contrasts as on earlier produced transitionplates.
Changes began in January of 1991 and will be completed as stock runs out.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER AUTOMATION HARDWARE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: A3
DATE: 2-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: TRANSITION PLATES, ADAPTORSPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL
Inform your customers who use adaptors and transition plates of this finish change.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
New Finish on Adaptors and Transition PlatesStarting immediately, PHD will be phasing in a new finish on all hub adaptors, miniature adaptors,and transition plates. The new vibratory polished finish is the same finish our customers areaccustomed to on PHD Reed and Hall Switch Brackets. This process provides a very high polishedappearance.
The current clear or black anodized finish will be phased out as new stock comes in. The new finishwill be more consistent because many of the drilled holes on the black plates are aluminum in color.
For those customers who must have an anodized finish, PHD will offer anodizing as an option. (Seepage 2 for option call outs.) All future orders not specified for anodize will receive the new vibratorypolished finish as the older anodized stock is phased out. Consult PHD for anodized pricing. Seepage 2 for ordering information for anodized models.
MINIATURE ADAPTORSConsult Factory for ordering and pricingMiniature Adaptors with anodizing.
FILE UNDER AUTOMATION HARDWARE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: A3
DATE: 2-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: TRANSITION PLATES, ADAPTORSPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
New Finish on Adaptors and Transition Plates
HUB ADAPTORSTo order, specify Adaptor Number, Hole Pattern Orientation Number. (Hub Adaptor Kit includes all hardware to mount Component to Hub, and Hub to Shaft.)Reference Section 8 Catalog 91
TRANSITION PLATESTo order, specify Primary Unit Number, Secondary Unit Number and Mounting Position.Reference Section 8 Catalog 91
1T -
SECONDARY UNIT
4 Digit Unit Number
-0 6 1 T 0 3 1
PRIMARY UNIT
4 Digit Unit Number 1 - Mounting Position 1, Polished Aluminum Finish2 - Mounting Position 2, Polished Aluminum Finish3 - Mounting Position 3, Polished Aluminum Finish4 - Mounting Position 4, Polished Aluminum Finish5 - Mounting Position 1, Anodized Finish6 - Mounting Position 2, Anodized Finish7 - Mounting Position 3, Anodized Finish8 - Mounting Position 4, Anodized Finish
10812 00HOLE PATTERN
-
ADAPTOR NUMBER
Select proper numberfrom the Matrix.
-
Relationship of the hole pattern centerline to centerlineof the keyway. The pattern may be rotated clockwisein 5° increments.-00 Hole pattern centerline is the same as the keyway-01 Hole pattern centerline, 5° clockwise of keyway-02 Hole pattern centerline, 10° clockwise of keyway
051
1 - Polished Aluminum Finish3 - Anodized Aluminum Finish
MOUNTING POSITION
FILE UNDER AUTOMATION HARDWARE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Call PHD whenever the need arises for non-cataloged transition plates, hub adaptors, or miniatureadaptors.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: A4
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: AUTOMATION HARDWAREPAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: HUB ADAPTORS, MINIATURE ADAPTORS,
AND TRANSITION PLATES
The PHD Catalog 91 shows a wide range of adaptors and transition plates, but does not cover manyof the newer PHD products. PHD does, however, offer these adaptors and plates for bolting thesenew products together with other PHD products. It would be difficult and confusing to list all of thepossible combinations on this Technical Data Bulletin. Listed on page two of this bulletin areproducts which are not covered in Section 8 of Catalog 91, but now have adaptors and transitionplates available.
Call PHD for specific hardware model number, dimensions, price, and availability.
New Adaptors and Transition Plates For New Products
FILE UNDER AUTOMATION HARDWARE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDERPHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: A4
DATE: 7-6-92 PRODUCT TYPE: AUTOMATION HARDWAREPAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: HUB ADAPTORS, MINIATURE ADAPTORS,
AND TRANSITION PLATES
New Adaptors and Transition Plates For New Products
ESCAPEMENTSModel Transition Plate Code16010 ...................... 601016011 ...................... 601116020 ...................... 602016021 ...................... 6021
ROTARY ACTUATORSModel Transition Plate Code7-8000 .................... R800
SLIDESModel Transition Plate CodeBx03x ..................... B031Bx10x ..................... B101Bx12x ..................... B121CxU03x ................... C031CxU04x ................... C041CxU06x ................... C061Exx04x .................... E041Exx06x .................... E061NAV 3/4 Bore ......... N034NAV 1-1/8 Bore ...... N118SA01x ..................... SA12SA02x ..................... SA22SA03x ..................... SA32SA04x ..................... SA42SA06x ..................... SA62SB01x ..................... SB12SB02x ..................... SB22SB03x ..................... SB32SB04x ..................... SB42SB06x ..................... SB62Tx082 ...................... T082
GRIPPERSModel Transition Plate CodeAll Series 190 .................... 9060Example: 19060-1-4002 = 9060
Model Transition Plate CodeAll GRB & GRC .......... See ExamplesExamples: GRB121-1-5401 = GB12
GRC132-1-5001 = GC13
FILE UNDER AUTOMATION HARDWARE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: A5
DATE: 8-16-93 PRODUCT TYPE: STANCHIONPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: 13210-1-x-xx & 13220-1-x-xx
None required unless questioned by customer.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
PHD Catalog `93 calls out the through hole diameter on 1" stanchion shafts at .625". This thru holediameter is actually .687".
Stanchion Shaft Thru Hole Clarification
Since the thru hole size is larger than cataloged, this should not cause any major problems.
MODEL 13210-1 MODEL 13220-1
.687 DIATHRU
.687 DIATHRU
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U1DATE: 4-3-91 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERS
MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
SLIDES
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL CYLINDERS
ALL MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
N, T, R, B, AND U SLIDES
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Use this feature as a selling point when presenting PHD Cylinders, Multi-Motion Actuators, andPowered Slides.
FOUR WRENCH FLATS
All PHD Cylinders, Multi-motion Actuators, and Slides that incorporate Cylinders now contain 4wrench flats on the piston rod. This applies to any rod end which formerly had only 2 wrench flats.
This change was made to make it easier to hold onto the rod regardless of its orientation. It helps inthe attachment of tooling and can be accessed much better in confined areas.
This is called out starting in catalog 91. The change went into effect on products in October of 1990.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U2
DATE: 4-3-91 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERS,ROTARY ACTUATORS,MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: TANDEM
Notify customers with tandems of this improvement.
The 1/4" tubing between the reservoir and the actuator was changed from vinyl to urethane. Thevinyl tubing became brittle with age. Urethane tubing remains flexible and clear. This change waseffective June 7, 1989 on all tandem products.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U3
DATE: 4-4-91 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERS,ROTARY ACTUATORS,MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS,SLIDES,GRIPPERS,ESCAPEMENTS
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL
Check with any customers with low temperature applications and make them aware of the -20° Fminimum temperature limit.
Temperature ratings for seals in PHD products have been published as -40° to 180° F. We havefound that our standard seals do not perform well below -20° F. Therefore all actuators are nowrated from -20° to 180° F. Special seals can extend this range and we will look at these on an appli-cation by application basis.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U4
DATE: 5-16-91 PRODUCT TYPE: ALLPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL
PHD has improved cushion and port control ball check retainer seals for all PHD products.In the past all ball check retainers used a lead gasket to seal between the retainer and the heador cap. Retainers on these units now use an 'O' ring type seal. This change went into effect inJune of 1990. Seal kits contain both types of seals with instructions on use and installation.Some older models will not seal properly with the 'O' ring. The lead gasket may be substituted inthese cases.
None.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Ball Retainer Assembly
With "O" Ring With Gasket
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U6
DATE: 5-16-91 PRODUCT TYPE: ALL PRODUCTSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL SERIES
Electroless Nickel PlatingFor years PHD has offered nickel chrome plating as an option on many of our products for corrosionresistance and for food/washdown applications. This plating has always been difficult to work withand inconsistent at best.
We are now recommending that Electroless Nickel Plating be used in place of nickel chrome on allfuture orders. We will be calling the distributor whenever we receive any order with the 'Z' nickelchrome option. Advantages for this changeover are:
• A more consistent plating throughout all areas of the unit• Rated at approximately 50 hours of salt spray• Shorter deliveries than nickel chrome• Lower cost than nickel chrome (Consult PHD for new pricing for nickel chrome 'Z' option)
Electroless Nickel Plating will be designated as a 'Z1' option. Price will be the same as the past 'Z'nickel chrome option.
Recommend electroless nickel plating for all future washdown and corrosion resistant applications.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
DATE: 10-1-91 PRODUCT TYPE: TOM THUMB CYLINDERSESCAPEMENTSROTARY ACTUATORSMULTI-MOTION ACTUATORSSLIDES
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SEE LIST BELOW
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Inform your customers of the improved adjustability of PHD built-in Port Controls.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U7
Improved Port Control® Design
Improvements have been made to Port Controls on some products (see list below) to improveadjustability and the ability to fine tune the cylinder or actuator speed. The Port Control needles nowhave a much finer pitch of 72 threads per inch compared to the old design which had 40 threads perinch. In the future we will be looking at upgrading the Port Control design on other products.
Products With Improved Port Control ® Design Effective DateSeries A, AV, HV; 3/4" Bore Cylinders ........................................................... March 1, 1992Series A, AV, HV; 1 and 1-1/8" Bore Cylinders .............................................. August 15, 1991Series NP, NH; 1-1/8 and 1-3/8" Bore Non-Rotating Rod Cylinders .............. August 15, 1991018075 Miniature Rotary Actuators ................................................................ August 15, 1991MA and MT Miniature Multi-Motion Actuators (Rotary Section) ..................... August 15, 1991Series 1000 and 2000 Rotary Actuators (Except Tandem Models) ............... August 15, 1991Series 1000 and 2000 Multi-Motion Actuators(Rotary Section, Except Tandem Models) ...................................................... August 15, 1991All Series Z Escapements .............................................................................. August 15, 1991Series R, T, U, B, and N Slides, Size 031 ...................................................... March 1, 1992Series R, T, U, B, and N Slides, Size 041 ...................................................... August 15, 1991
All future Repair Kits will include this improved design.
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U8
DATE: 10-1-91 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERS/ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC
Notify customers who may have had this problem in the past.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
The cushion and Port Control® springs in the following units were changed to heavier springs inJuly 1989:
Series EA and NEHG, 1-3/8" bore CylindersSeries NEAG and NEHG, 1-3/8" bore CylindersSeries A, AV, and HV, 1-3/8" bore Medium Duty CylindersSeries EA and EH, 1-1/8" bore CylindersSeries NEAG and NEHG, 1-1/8" bore Cylinders3 through 6000 RXXA and RXXH Rotary Actuators2000 RX3R Tandem Rotary Actuators
This change was required because of spring failures in hydraulic applications involving pressurespikes, and in some pneumatic applications with high speed cycling. In those applications the springdeformed around the ball; sometimes even breaking apart and being pulled into the cylinder bore.The new robust spring has a larger wire diameter and two inactive coils on each end to bettersupport the ball.
New Cushion and Port Control® Springs
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Use this Technical Data Bulletin as a reference for pressure ratings on future hydraulic/magneticpiston units.
PHD, Inc. • 10216 Airport Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U9DATE: 1-15-92 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERS
ROTARY ACTUATORSMULT-MOTION ACTUATORS
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: HYDRAULIC UNITS WITH MAGNETIC PISTONS
UNIT DESCRIPTION MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE WITH“–E” OR “–M” MAGNETIC PISTON OPTION
3/4", 1-1/8", 1-3/8" EH, ES, NEHG CYLINDERS 1500 PSI
2" NEHG CYLINDERS 1100 PSI
3" NEHG CYLINDERS 500 PSI
SERIES 5/6000 ROTARY ACTUATORS 1100 PSI
SERIES 7/8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS 500 PSI
SERIES 5/6000 MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS 1100 PSI
SERIES 7/8000 MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS 500 PSI
Hydraulic Pressure Ratings With Magnetic Pistons
For years PHD has built hydraulic actuators with either the “–M” or “–E” magnetic piston option. Thisrequires the maximum working pressure of some actuators to be decreased because aluminum orbrass tubes are required with magnetic piston options. The chart below lists the maximum hydraulicworking pressures for these units.
See current catalog for standard working pressure ratings and other pressure limitations.
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:Inform your customers of the improved adjustability of PHD built-in Port Controls.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U10
DATE: 1-15-93 PRODUCT TYPE: HEAVY DUTY CYLINDERSNON-ROTATING ROD CYLINDERS
MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SEE LIST BELOW
Improved Port Control® DesignImprovements have been made to Port Controls on the following list of products. This changeimproved the ability to fine tune the cylinder or actuator speed. These port control needles now havea much finer pitch of 72 threads per inch compared to the old design with 40 threads per inch. Theseimproved port controls were phased in during 1992 with the last units changing over by September of1992.
This completes a change over of all PHD products to this improved design.
All Series E and NE Cylinders.All linear sections of Series 1-4000 Multi-Motion Actuators.All linear sections of Miniature Multi-Motion Actuators.
See Technical Data Bulletin C/U7 for information on other products with improved Port Controls.
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U11
DATE: 6-11-93 PRODUCT TYPE: ALL PRODUCTSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL PNEUMATIC UNITS
No action required.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Non-Lubricated Air vs. Dry AirThis Technical Bulletin is written to clarify the use of PHD Pneumatic Cylinders and Actuators withnon-lubricated air. Unless otherwise stated, PHD products are lubricated for use with non-lubricatedair.
Units specified for “dry air” may have special requirements including a dry film lubrication orcleanroom specifications. These “dry air” service applications can be accomplished by PHD’sCustom Products Group.
Catalog '93 now specifies “for use with non-lubricated air.”
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U12
DATE: 6-11-93 PRODUCT TYPE: ALL PRODUCTSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL
No action required.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Temperature LimitsMost standard PHD Actuators are rated for temperature limits between -20° to 180°F. Through theuse of -V Viton seal option, the temperature limit could be raised to 400°F. Listed below are theexceptions to the 400°F maximum temperature limit on units with Viton seals:
1) Rotary and MMA units 250 degs. ****2) Slides: Series T, B, U, R 180 degs. **
Series M, N, SD/SE 400 degs. Series S, SA/SB 180 degs. * Series C and E N/A
3) Grippers: 8600, 7900, and 15300 400 degs. 8400 250 degs. *** 19000 180 degs. * GRB 180 degs. * GRC 400 degs.
4) Options: All units with magnets or hall sensors -M, -E, -J, -H, etc. 180 degs.
All units with shock pads or bumpers -B, -BR, -BC, etc. 180 degs.
* = Temp rating due to Shock Pads** = Temp rating due to Thomson Bearings*** = Temp rating due to Delrin Bearings**** = Temp rating due to Rotary Bearings
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U13
DATE: 6-11-93 PRODUCT TYPE: ALL PRODUCTSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: ALL
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Chemicals Listed as Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS)PHD is in compliance with government regulations on ODS. As a result, PHD is not required to labelany of our products based on the final ruling published in the February 11, 1993 Federal Register.
In part it states that if your product(s) touch an ODS, you have to label them. If you do not useODS’s and incorporate products that have touched ODS’s, you do not have to label your product(s).
The following are excerpts from the final rule:“Manufactured with a controlled substance means that the manufacturer of the product itself useda controlled substance directly in the product’s manufacturing, but the product itself does notcontain the controlled substance at the point of introduction into interstate commerce. Thefollowing situations are excluded from the meaning of the phrase ‘manufactured with’ a controlledsubstance:(1) Where a product has not had physical contact with the controlled substance; . . .” 40 CFR 82.104(m)
That contact would have to follow conditions outlined in the Final Rule. Also note that:“Each manufacturer or importer of a product incorporating another product to which§82.102(a)(3), or, (b)(2) applies, that is purchased from another manufacturer or supplier, is notrequired to pass through and incorporate the labeling information that accompanies such
incorporated product in a warning statement accompanying the manufacturer’s or importer’sfinished product.” 40 CFR 82.116(a)
Since manufacturers do not have to pass through labeling, independent investigation of upstreamsuppliers is no longer necessary.
Another section specifies duties of distributors and wholesalers, including:“(a)Requirement of compliance by wholesalers, distributors and retailers. All wholesalers,distributors and retailers of products or containers to which this subpart applies are required topass through the labeling information that accompanies the product.(b)Reliance on reasonable belief. The wholesaler, distributor or retailer of a product may rely onthe labeling information that it receives with the product or container, and is not required toindependently investigate whether the requirements of this subpart are applicable to the productor container, as long as the wholesaler, distributor or retailer reasonably believes that thesupplier of the product or container is reliably and accurately complying with the requirements ofthis subpart. 40 CFR 82.118
REQUIRED ACTION:No action required.
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U 14
DATE: 7-1-96 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORSMULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES 7000 & 8000
None
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Spiralox Retaining Rings on Series 7000 & 8000 Rotary Actuators and Multi-Motion ActuatorsWhen current stock is depleted, PHD will begin replacing the current Truarc (pt.# 1987-009) bearingretaining rings with a Spiralox (pt.# 1980-657) ring. This change affects only the Series 7000 & 8000Rotary Actuators and Multi-Motion Actuators. Future parts list will reflect this change.
Replacing Truarc type bearingretaining ring with Spiralox onSeries 7000 & 8000 Rotary Actuatorsand Multi-Motion Actuators
•
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U15
DATE: 9-20-01 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERS, SLIDES, MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
PAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: VARIOUS
Notify effected customers of this improvement.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
Seal Specification Change
On May 17, 2001, PHD Inc. mailed a letter of notification to all PHD Distributors regarding potential prematureseal failure problems on certain Series AV Cylinders. As stated in this letter, PHD was in process of changingthe seal specification to a wax-filled carboxylated nitrile seal. Subsequent testing has proven such favorableresults, PHD has widened the scope of products to use this new seal. Effective September 2001 all shipmentsof the following products will use the new wax-filled carboxylated nitrile seal:
PISTON BORE / SIZE SLIDE / SERIES SEALS CHANGED3/4" A, AV, HV Piston and Rod Seals3/4" EA, EL, EH, ES Piston and Rod Seals3/4" NPG, NHG Piston and Rod Seals3/4" NA, NAV, NHV, NTD Piston and Rod SealsSize 22 SD / SE Piston and Rod SealsSize 51 SK / SL ( LSV Design ) Piston Seals OnlySize 03x TS, TH, TT Piston and Rod SealsSize 03x RS, RH, RT Piston and Rod SealsSize 03x BS, BH, BT Piston and Rod SealsSize 11, 51 SG ( LSV Design ) Piston Seals OnlySize 03 MS, MT Piston and Rod Seals3/4" MA1, MH1 Linear Section Only Piston and Rod Seals
PISTON BORE / SIZE SLIDE / SERIES SEALS CHANGED1" A, AV, HV Piston and Rod SealsSize 23 SD / SE Piston and Rod SealsSize 52 SK / SL ( LSV Design ) Piston Seals OnlySize 12, 52 SG ( LSV Design ) Piston Seals OnlySize 04 MS, MT Piston and Rod Seals
PISTON BORE / SIZE SLIDE / SERIES SEALS CHANGED1 1/8" A, AV, HV Piston and Rod Seals1 1/8" EA, EL, EH, ES Piston and Rod Seals1 1/8" NPG, NHG Piston and Rod Seals1 1/8" NEAG, NEHG Piston and Rod Seals1 1/8" NA, NAV, NHV, NTD Piston and Rod Seals
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U15
DATE: 9-20-01 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERS, SLIDES, MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
PAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: VARIOUS
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (219) 747-6151 • Fax (219) 747-6754
PISTON BORE / SIZE SLIDE / SERIES SEALS CHANGEDSize 24 SD / SE Piston and Rod SealsSize 53 SK / SL ( LSV Design ) Piston and Rod SealsSize 04x TS, TH, TT Piston and Rod SealsSize 04x RS, RH, RT Piston and Rod SealsSize 04x BS, BH, BT Piston and Rod SealsSize 13, 53 SG ( LSV Design ) Piston and Rod Seals1000 / 2000 MMA, MMH Linear Section Only Piston and Rod Seals
PISTON BORE / SIZE SLIDE / SERIES SEALS CHANGED1 3/8" A, AV, HV Piston and Rod Seals1 3/8" EA, EL, EH, ES Piston and Rod Seals1 3/8" NPG, NHG Piston and Rod Seals1 3/8" NEAG, NEHG Piston and Rod SealsSize 25 SD / SE Piston and Rod SealsSize 06x TS, TH, TT Piston and Rod SealsSize 06x RS, RH, RT Piston and Rod SealsSize 06x BS, BH, BT Piston and Rod SealsSize 06 MS, MT Piston and Rod Seals3000 / 4000 MMA, MMH Linear Section Only Piston and Rod SealsSize 08x BS, BH, BT Piston and Rod SealsSize 08x RS, RH, RT Piston and Rod Seals
MISC. ITEMS SLIDE / SERIES SEALS CHANGEDSize 02x MS, MT Piston and Rod SealsSize 26 SD / SE Rod Seal OnlySize 02x SA / SB Rod Seal OnlySize 03x SA / SB Rod Seal Only
FILE UNDER COMMON/UNIVERSAL IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U16
DATE: 6-19-03 PRODUCT TYPE: MULTI-MOTION & ROTARY ACTUATORSPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: RxxH 5000 & 6000, MxxH 5000 & 6000
Ensure future customers are aware of this specification change.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE RATING CHANGE ON SERIES 5000 & 6000MULTI-MOTION & ROTARY ACTUATORS
PHD, Inc. has determined it necessary to re-rate the maximum pressure rating of 2" bore rotary andmulti-motion actuators for hydraulic service. Below are the specification changes highlighted(shaded). These changes will appear in Catalog 2004.
RATINGSAll pneumatic rotary actuators have a maximum pressure rating of
150 psi [10 bar] air. Most hydraulic rotary actuators have a maximumpressure rating of 1500 psi [100 bar]. Except as noted in chart below.*
Minimum factor of safety at maximum rated hydraulic pressure foroutput shaft is 2:1, and for hydraulic chambers is 3:1. Consult PHD forproof pressure data.
NOTE: All maximum working pressures are based on non-shockhydraulic service and should not exceed the recommended ratings.
HYD OPTION psi [bar]SERIES *PLAIN -P -D -E OR -M
1000 — — — — — — — —2000 1000 [69] 750 [52] 750 [52] — —3000 — — — — — — — —4000 — — 750 [52] 750 [52] — —5000 — — — — — — 750 [52]6000 — — 750 [52] 750 [52] 750 [52]7000 — — — — — — 500 [35]8000 — — 750 [52] 750 [52] 500 [35]
Catalog 2003, Page 3C-29 Catalog 2003, Page 4A-22
RATINGSAll pneumatic multi-motion actuators have a maximum
pressure rating of 150 psi [10 bar] air.Most hydraulic multi-motion actuators* have a maximum
pressure rating of 1500 psi [100 bar].Pressure rating exceptions are as indicated.NOTE: All maximum working pressures are based on non-shock
hydraulic service and should not exceed the recommended ratings.
ROTARY SECTIONOPTION psi [bar]
SERIES PLAIN -P -D -E OR -M
1000— — — —— — — —
20001000 750 750 —[69] [52] [52] —
3000— — — —— — — —
4000— 750 750 —— [52] [52] —
5000— — — 750— — — [52]
6000— 750 750 750— [52] [52] [52]
7000— — — 500— — — [35]
8000— 750 750 500— [52] [52] [35]
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: C/U17
DATE: 1-25-05 PRODUCT TYPE: CATALOG 05 UPDATESPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: VARIOUS
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Included are a number of changes for CATO5. Below is a list of affected pages and descriptions of changes. Changes are highlighted inyellow on the following six pages.
These changes have also been made to the online Catalog 2005.
PAGE SERIES/PRODUCT CHANGES AFFECT
1-45 CV Cylinders Mounting Accessory - Rectangular Flange Mounting Kit
5-61 Metric 1000-8000 Rotary Actuators Dimensional and Quick Reference charts
5-73 Metric Air/Oil Tandem Rotary Actuators Dimensional and Quick Reference charts
5-84 3 Position Rotary Actuators Dimensional and Quick Reference charts
5-85 Metric 3 Position Rotary Actuators Dimensional and Quick Reference charts
6-5 1000-8000 Multi-Motion Actuators Specifications chart
6-6 1000-8000 Multi-Motion Actuators Dimensional chart
6-7 Metric 1000-8000 Multi-Motion Actuators Dimensional chart
6-27 2000-8000 Multi-Position Multi-Motion Actuators Specifications chart
1-38 CV Cylinders -H47 Rodlok® option dimensions E & G3
2-68 SK/SL Slides -H47 Rodlok® option dimensions E & G3
2-85 SCV Slides -H47 Rodlok® option dimensions E & G3
2-119 SG Slides -H47 Rodlok® option dimensions E & G3
10-25 Transition Plate/Actuator Possible Combinations Plate Thicknesses for Series SFP Slide & Rotary Actuators
10-27 Transition Plate/Actuator Possible Combinations Plate Thicknesses for Series SFP Slide & Grippers
10-31 Transition Plate/Actuator Possible Combinations Plate Thicknesses for Series SFP Slide & other Slides
Make note of these corrections in your Catalog 05 for future orders.
Page 2 of 7TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN C/U CATALOG 05 UPDATES
2X HOLE THRU FORFB FASTENER
OPTIONAL M22JAM NUT
UF
TF
UR
ZB + STROKE
W MF
ZF + STROKEMF
±.055 [±1.4]
SERIES20002000400060008000
A158165203233283
B0.440.440.660.661.32
C7676
108127203
D515176
102127
E3838506376
CAPSTYLEPLAIN
-ABOTHBOTHBOTH
* BOTH IMPERIAL AND METRIC SHAFT OPTI (IMPERIAL SHAFT = DESIGN 8, AND METR NUMBERS FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN
Page 1-45 Series CV Cylinder, Location of ZB + Stroke DimensionDimension ZB + Stroke is currently dimensioned to the edge of the cap, but should be dimensioned to the end of the boss hidden in theflange. This is similar to the detail for the 32 through 100 bores at the bottom of page 1-45.
RECTANGULAR FLANGE MOUNTING KITSIZES 20 & 25 mm (MF8 PER ISO 6432)
Page 5-61 Metric 1000-8000 Rotary Actuators, Changes to Dimensions Y & ZA and Quick Reference Note
SERIES1000 & 20001000 & 20003000 & 40005000 & 60007000 & 8000
CAPSTYLEPLAIN
-ABOTHBOTHBOTH
A145157201232309
B0.440.440.660.661.33
C7676108127203
W5 x 1.59 x 165 x 1.59 x 16
75 x 2.36 x 3835 x 3.18 x 3853 x 2.36 x 78
V12.00/11.9712.99/11.9722.00/21.9628.00/27.9644.00/43.96
W4 x 2.5 x 154 x 2.5 x 156 x 3.5 x 328 x 5 x 4012 x 5 x 56
Y7278100116154
Z0.220.220.330.330.66
ZA.029384873
L SHAFTS* METRIC SHAFTS*X
1/81/81/41/43/8
QUICK REFERENCE FOR: A + (T° x B)
SERIES*1000 & 20003000 & 40005000 & 60007000 & 8000
DEGREE OF ROTATION
*Add 6.3 to dimensions for each angle adjustment for Series 1000 & 2000 only.
45164.6230.5261.5368.3
90184.5260.2291.1427.7
180224.3319.7351.4548.0
270264.1379.1410.1665.5
360303.8438.6469.5784.4
450343.6498.0529.0903.2
CAPSTYLE
Page 5-73 Metric Air/Oil Tandem Rotary Actuators, Changes to Cap Style and Quick Reference Note
CAPSTYLEPLAIN
-ABOTHBOTHBOTH
QUICK REFERENCE FOR: A + (T° x B)DEGREE OF ROTATION
SERIES**2000
400060008000
45177.7232.6263.1342.1
90197.6262.2292.9401.5
180237.4321.7352.3520.4
270277.2381.2411.7639.3
360317.0440.6471.2758.1
450356.7500.0530.9877.0
**Add 6.3 to dimensions for each angle adjustment for Series2000 only.
OPTIONAL 4X FD SHCS
d1 HOLETHRU
TG1 SQ
Page 5-84 3 Position Rotary Actuators, Changes toQuick Reference Note
QUICK REFERENCE FOR: A + (T° x B)
*Add .250 to dimensions for each angle adjustment for Series 2000 only.
456.4819.076
10.29614.500
907.264
10.24611.46616.840
1808.830
12.58613.80621.520
27010.39614.92616.14626.200
36011.96217.26618.48630.880
45013.52819.60620.82635.560
DEGREE OF ROTATIONSERIES*2000400060008000
Page 5-85 Metric 3 Position Rotary Actuators,Changes to Dimensions Y, Z, & ZA and QuickReference Note
XG1/8G1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8
Y7278100116154
Z0.220.220.330.330.66
ZA029384873
W5 x 1.59 x 165 x 1.59 x 165 x 2.36 x 385 x 3.18 x 383 x 2.36 x 78
V12.00/11.9712.00/11.9722.00/21.9628.00/27.9644.00/43.96
W4 x 2.5 x 154 x 2.5 x 156 x 3.5 x 328 x 5 x 4012 x 5 x 56
AFTS* METRIC SHAFTS*
QUICK REFERENCE FOR: A + (T° x B)
45164.6230.5261.5368.3
90184.5260.2291.1427.7
180224.2319.8410.8539.6
270264.1379.1350.7546.6
360303.8438.6469.5784.4
450343.6498.0529.0903.2
*Add 6.3 to dimensions for each angle adjustment for Series 2000 only.
DEGREE OF ROTATIONSERIES*2000400060008000
Page 3 of 7TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN C/U CATALOG 05 UPDATES
Page 6-5 1000-8000 Multi-Motion Actuators, Change to Hydraulic Pressure Ratings for the Rotary Section,Series 5000 & 6000
SERIES10002000300040005000600070008000
OPTION psi [bar]PLAIN
—1000——————
psi bar—69——————
PORT CONTROLSpsi bar—
750—
750—
750—
750
—52—52—52—52
-Dxpsi bar—
750—
750—
750—
750
—52—52—52—52
-E or -Mpsi bar————
750750500500
————52523535
ROTARY SECTION
SERIES10002000300040005000600070008000
OPTION psi [bar]PLAIN
————————
psi bar————————
PORT CONTROLSpsi bar————N/AN/AN/AN/A
————N/AN/AN/AN/A
-Dxpsi bar————————
————————
-E or -Mpsi bar————
750750500500
————52523535
LINEAR SECTION
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE RATINGS FOR OPTIONS
Note: — = Standard Rating
Page 6-6 1000-8000 Multi-Motion Actuators, Changeto Plain & -A Cap Style, Series 1000 & 2000
SERIES2000
1000 & 20003000 & 40005000 & 60007000 & 8000
A5.6986.1987.9069.126
12.160
B.0174.0174.026.026.052
C3.0003.0004.2505.0008.000
D2.0002.0003.0004.0005.000
11223
CAPSTYLEPLAIN
-ABOTHBOTHBOTH
SERIES2000
1000 & 2000
Page 6-7 Metric 1000-8000 Multi-Motion Actuators,Change to Plain Cap Style, Series 2000
SERIES2000
1000 & 20003000 & 40005000 & 60007000 & 8000
A145157201232309
B0.440.440.660.661.33
C7676
108127203
D515176
102127
CAPSTYLEPLAIN
-ABOTHBOTHBOTH
SERIES2000
Page 6-27 2000-8000 Multi-Position Multi-Motion Actuators, Change to Hydraulic Pressure Ratings
*SEE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE RATINGS FOR OPTIONS CHART BELOW. ALL HYDRAULICRATINGS ARE BASED ON NON-SHOCK SERVICE.
SPECIFICATIONSPNEUMATIC OPERATING PRESSUREHYDRAULIC OPERATING PRESSURE*OPERATING TEMPERATUREROTATIONAL TOLERANCESTROKE TOLERANCEEND OF ROTATION BACKLASH
LUBRICATIONMAINTENANCE
SERIES 2000-800020 to 150 psi [1.4 to 10 bar]
40 to 1500 psi [2.8 to 103 bar]-20° to 180°F [-29° to 82°C]Nominal rotation +10° to -0°
±.031 [.8 mm]2° (2000), 1° 30' (4000)
1° 0' (6000), 0° 30' (8000)Factory lubricated for rated life
Field repairable
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE RATINGS FOR OPTIONSAll pneumatic actuators have a maximum pressure rating of
150 psi [10 bar] air. Most hydraulic actuators have a maximumpressure rating of 1500 psi [100 bar], except as noted in the chart.
HYDSERIES2000400060008000
OPTION psi [bar]-P -D
————
——
750500
-E or -M——
[52][35]
————
————
————
ROTARY SECTION
SERIES2000400060008000
OPTION psi [bar]PLAIN
––––
psi bar––––
PORT CONTROLSpsi bar––
N/AN/A
––
N/AN/A
-Dxpsi bar––––
––––
-E or -Mpsi bar––
750500
––
5235
LINEAR SECTION
NOTE: – = STANDARD RATING
Page 4 of 7TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN C/U CATALOG 05 UPDATES
Pages 1-38 Series CV Cylinders
M6 x 1 x 20M6 x 1
M5G 1/8
M6 x 1 x 20M6 x 1
M5G 1/8
M8 x 1.25 x 30M8 x 1.25
M6G 1/8
M8 x 1.25 x 30M8 x 1.25
M8G 1/8
M10 x 1.5 x 30M10 x 1.5
M8G 1/8
M10 x 1.5 x 30M10 x 1.5
M8G 1/8
M22 x 1.5
M4 x 0.7 x 20M4 x 0.7
—M5
M22 x 1.5
M4 x 0.7 x 20M4 x 0.7
—M5
A1A2A3A4BC
D1D2D3DKEF
F2G1G2G3H1L1L3L5L6L7L8
L10L11WH
LETTERDIM
BORE SIZE32 mm 50 mm 63 mm 80 mm 100 mm
in mm1.2801.575.165.630
1.8901.9691.181
——
.472
.984
.984
3.346.315.472
1.8902.2831.260.630.315
2.9131.024
40 mm
32.540.04.2
16.048.050.030.0——
12.025.025.0
85.08.0
12.048.058.032.016.08.0
74.026.0
1.4961.811.177.827
2.2052.2831.378
——
.6301.0241.142
3.839.394.472
2.1652.5591.398.768.394
3.3461.181
38.046.04.5
21.056.058.035.0——
16.026.029.0
97.510.012.055.065.035.519.510.085.030.0
1.8312.126.453.945
2.6772.7561.575
——
.7871.2601.378
4.626.591.630
2.7563.2281.929.827.472
4.2131.457
46.554.011.524.068.070.040.0——
20.032.035.0
117.515.016.070.082.049.021.012.0
107.037.0
2.2242.165.295
1.2603.2283.3461.772
——
.7871.5351.673
5.256.591.591
2.7563.2281.929.827.472
4.2131.457
56.555.07.5
32.082.085.045.0——
20.039.042.5
133.515.015.070.082.049.021.012.0
107.037.0
2.8352.756.394
1.7323.9374.1341.772
——
.9841.7322.067
6.752.630.630
3.5434.3312.4411.102.630
5.3541.811
72.070.010.044.0
100.0105.045.0——
25.044.052.5
171.516.016.090.0
110.062.028.016.0
136.046.0
89.070.010.060.0
120.0130.055.0——
25.049.065.0
189.016.018.092.0
115.065.027.016.0
143.051.0
3.5042.756.394
2.3624.7245.1182.165
——
.9841.9292.559
7.441.630.709
3.6224.5282.5591.063.630
5.6302.008
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm20 mm
in mm1.024
———
1.4571.457.866
.590
.315
.787
.728
2.795.354.354
1.5752.2441.142.433—
2.520.945
26.0———
37.037.022.0
15.08.0
20.018.5
71.09.09.0
40.057.029.011.0—
64.024.0
25 mmin mm
1.063———
1.5751.575.866
.669
.394
.787
.787
2.854.315.315
1.7322.4801.220.512—
2.8351.102
27.0———
40.040.022.0
17.010.020.020.0
72.58.08.0
44.063.031.013.0—
72.028.0
Pages 2-68 Series SK/SL Slides
Pages 2-85 Series SCV Slides
Pages 2-119 Series SG Slides
0.787[20]
4.941[125.5]0.807[20.5]10-32[M5]1.555[39.5]1.575[40]
1.083[27.5]8.445
[214.5]
MODEL NUMBER
PHD BORE
B
E
G3
H
L5
L6
FF
LETTERDIM SGx22
0.984[25]
5.453[138.5]0.807[20.5]10-32[M5]1.457[37]
1.732[44]
1.398[35.5]9.075
[230.5]
SGx231.260[32]
6.732[171]0.984[25.0]
1/8[G 1/8]1.791[45.5]1.890[48]
1.614[41]
11.102[282]
SGx241.575[40]
7.382[187.5]1.091[27.7]
1/8[G 1/8]1.811[46]
2.165[55]
1.673[42.5]12.165[309]
SGx251.575[40]
7.382[187.5]1.091[27.7]
1/8[G 1/8]1.732[44]
2.165[55]
1.673[42.5]12.165[309]
SGx26
NOTES:1) L5 Dim is the amount added to the standard unit for the H47 option2) Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
Changes to Rodlok® dimensions. The redesigned 32 mm bore Rodlok incorporates a larger piston and port in the lock. This increasesthe size of the unit (dim. E) and the port (dim. G3). Affects four pages: 1-38, 2-68, 2-85, and 2-119.
HE
G3L5L8AA
LETTERDIM
MODEL NUMBERSCVx2 SCVx4 SCVx5 SCVx6 SCVx7
in mm1.280.787
10-321.5750.5124.291
SCVx3
32.520.0M54013
109
SCVx8in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
SCVx9
1.181.787
10-321.7320.5124.567
30.020.0M54413
116
1.339.9841/8
1.8900.6306.969
34.025.0G 1/8
4816
177
1.4761.0241/8
2.1650.7687.874
37.526.0G 1/8
5519.5200
1.8111.2601/8
2.7560.8278.858
46.032.0G 1/8
7021
225
1.8111.5351/8
2.7560.8279.449
46.039.0G 1/8
7021
240
2.5201.7321/8
3.5431.102
10.945
64.044.0G 1/8
9028
278
2.2241.9291/8
3.6221.063
1.1614
56.549.0G 1/8
9227
295
LETTERDIM.
HE
G3L5L8AA
MODEL NUMBERSxx72mm40.220.5M54013
156
Sxx74mm45.525.0G 1/8
4816
196
Sxx75mm44.027.7G 1/8
5519.5221
Sxx76mm56.032.7G 1/8
7021
248
Sxx73mm37.220.5M54413
169
Page 5 of 7TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN C/U
CATALOG 05 UPDATES
Pages 10-25 Transition Plate/Actuator Possible Combinations, Changes to Plate Thicknesses
UNITNO.
RAS125[RAS525]
NOTES:1) SHADED AREAS – CONSULT PHD FOR AVAILABILITY2) METRIC NUMBERS ARE IN [ ]3) RLS SHAFTS ARE NOT CENTERED ON ITS MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN.4) MODEL NUMBERS IN CHART ARE FOR REFERENCE, SEE CODE CHART
FOR ACTUAL ORDER CODE
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
4455
33597
455
597
55
77
66
8
334455
333597
334455
33597
334455
3597
34455
3597
4455
567
3344552333597
3344552333597
334455
333597
334455
33597
334455
3597
34455
3597
5555
597
5555
97
55
33567
6
35108
5108
3333
3335
33335
3355
33355
3555
3333
2333
3333
33353
33355
3353
PLATE THICKNESS KEY
12345
6789
10* = Numbers indicate the total thickness of two
plates, required due to design reasonsExample:9* = 1.000 total thickness of two .500 plates
SG21[SG61]
SERIESSG
SLIDES
SG22[SG62]
SG23[SG63]
SG24[SG64]
SG25[SG65]
SG26[SG66]
PRIMARY
UNIT
ROTARY ACTUATORSSECONDARY UNIT
R200[R205]
R400[R405]
R600[R605]
R800[R805]
RAS120[RAS520]
RAS132[RAS532]
RAS140[RAS540]
RAS150[RAS550]
RLS112[RLS512]
RLS116[RLS516]
RLS120[RLS520]
RLS125[RLS525]
RLS132[RLS532]
RLS140[RLS540]
RLS150[RLS550]
RLS163[RLS563] RIx25 RIx32 RIx50 RFS114
[RFS514]RFS120
[RFS520]RFS125
[RFS525]
SM108[SM508]
SM112[SM512]
SM116[SM516]
SM125[SM525]
SM132[SM532]
SERIESSM
SLIDES
SERIESSFP
SLIDES
SFP527
SFP540
RCCx112[RCCx512]
RCCx116[RCCx516]
RCCx108[RCCx508]
= .313 [7.9]
= .375 [9.5]
= .500 [12.7]
= .625 [15.9]
= .750 [19.0]
= 1.250 [31.8]
= 1.500 [38.1]
= 2.000 [50.8]
= 1.000 [25.4]
= 1.750 [44.5]
Page 6 of 7TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN C/U CATALOG 05 UPDATESPages 10-27 Transition Plate/Actuator Possible Combinations, Changes to Plate Thicknesses
UNITNO.
UNITNO.
NOTES:1) SHADED AREAS – CONSULT PHD FOR AVAILABILITY2) METRIC NUMBERS ARE IN [ ]3) MODEL NUMBERS IN CHART ARE FOR REFERENCE, SEE CODE CHART
FOR ACTUAL ORDER CODE
PLATE THICKNESS KEY
12345
6789
10* = Numbers indicate the total thickness of two
plates, required due to design reasonsExample:9* = 1.000 total thickness of two .500 plates
223
233359
2233
233359
2233
33597
2233
3597
223
233359
2233
233359
2233
33597
333
3597
2233
33597
23334
3597
23334
3597
33345
577
445
33597
33334
3597
33345
3597
3445
7
223
2333597
2233
2333597
2233
333597
2233
3597
3333597
77
33355
333597
3355
33597
355
35
7
55
35
2222352333597
333335
333597
333335
33597
555555
3597
55
5
5
5
55
5
33359
333335
333597
333335
33597
555555
35
7
555
35
55
5
333355
333597
33355
3597
555
35
7
233359
355
5
7
55
5
7
**
**
* * **
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
** *
**
**
**
** *
* * **
** *
**
** * *
SERIESSG
SLIDESPRI
MARY
UNIT
SG21[SG61]
SG22[SG62]
SG23[SG63]
SG24[SG64]
SG25[SG65]
SG26[SG66]
SERIESSM
SLIDES
SM108[SM508]
SM112[SM512]
SM116[SM516]
SM125[SM525]
SM132[SM532]
SERIESSFP
SLIDES
SFP527
SFP540
SERIESSG
SLIDESPRI
MARY
UNIT
SG21[SG61]
SG22[SG62]
SG23[SG63]
SG24[SG64]
SG25[SG65]
SG26[SG66]
SERIESSM
SLIDES
SM108[SM508]
SM112[SM512]
SM116[SM516]
SM125[SM525]
SM132[SM532]
SERIESSFP
SLIDES
SFP527
SFP540
GRIPPERS
SECONDARY UNIT
8400 8410 8420 8430 9x6x 9x7x 9x8x 9x9x
GRBx3x
GRCx5x
GRBx4x
GRBx5x
GRBx6x
GRCx3x
GRCx4x
GRCx6x
GRDx3x
GRDx4x
GRDx5x
GRDx6x
GRBx2x
GRBx7x
GRIPPERS
SECONDARY UNIT
GRTx5
GRWx25
GRTx6
GRTx7
GRTx8
GRLx16
GRWx16
GRWx32
GRWx40
GRWx50
GRFxxx19
GRFxxx25
GRTx4
GRLx14
GRSx28
GRSx32
GRSx50
GRSx63
GRTx2
GRTx3
GRSx27
GRTx1
GRFxxx28
GRFxxx32
GRRx50
= .313 [7.9]
= .375 [9.5]
= .500 [12.7]
= .625 [15.9]
= .750 [19.0]
= 1.250 [31.8]
= 1.500 [38.1]
= 2.000 [50.8]
= 1.000 [25.4]
= 1.750 [44.5]
Page 7 of 7TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN C/U
CATALOG 05 UPDATES
Pages 10-31 Transition Plate/Actuator Possible Combinations, Changes to Plate Thicknesses
PLATE THICKNESS KEY
12345
6789
10* = Numbers indicate the total thickness of two
plates, required due to design reasonsExample:9* = 1.000 total thickness of two .500 plates
= .313 [7.9]
= .375 [9.5]
= .500 [12.7]
= .625 [15.9]
= .750 [19.0]
= 1.250 [31.8]
= 1.500 [38.1]
= 2.000 [50.8]
= 1.000 [25.4]
= 1.750 [44.5]
UNITNO.
SG21[SG61]
SG22[SG62]
SG23[SG63]
SG24[SG64]
SG25[SG65]
SG26[SG66]
SM108[SM508]
SM112[SM512]
SM116[SM516]
SM125[SM525]
SM132[SM532]
SFP527
SFP540
NOTES:1) SHADED AREAS – CONSULT PHD FOR AVAILABILITY2) METRIC NUMBERS ARE IN [ ]3) MODEL NUMBERS IN CHART ARE FOR REFERENCE, SEE CODE CHART
FOR ACTUAL ORDER CODE
SFP527
SFP540
333455233353
333455
3353
333455
3535
4455
3535
333455
3353597
334455
3353597
4455
353597
455
53597
455
535
55
55577
333455
3353597
333455
353597
3455
355577
455
5
5
7
455
33353597
55
33552333535
355
33535
55
3535
333455
33353
333455
33535
444455
5555
55555
55
5
5555
5
666
5
66 6
333355233359
3
333355
33359
3
333355
3359
3
333355
33359
3
333355
359
3
333355233359
3
333355
33359
3
333355
3359
3
355
333535
55
3535
333355
3359
3**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
** *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
SAx108[SAx108]SBx108[SBx108]
SAx110[SAx110]SBx110[SBx110]
SAx114[SAx114]SBx114[SBx114]
SAx120[SAx120]SBx120[SBx120]
SAx132[SAx132]SBx132[SBx132]
SD22SE22
SD23SE23
SD24SE24
SD25SE25
SERIESSG
SLIDES
PRI
MARY
UNIT
SK71SL71
SK72SL72
SK73SL73
SK74SL74
SK75SL75
SK76SL76
SD26SE26
SCVx
12[S
CV52
]
SCVx
13[S
CV53
]
SCVx
14[S
CV54
]
SCVx
15[S
CV55
]
SCVx
16[S
CV56
]
SCVx
17[S
CV57
]
SCVx
18[S
CV58
]
SCVx
19[S
CV59
]
SHP1
08SH
P508
SHP1
12SH
P512
SHP1
16SH
P516
SERIESSM
SLIDES
SIP5
12
SIP5
16
SIP5
20
SJP5
08
SJP5
12
SJP5
16
STP1
08ST
P508
STP1
12ST
P512
STP1
16ST
P516
STP1
20ST
P520
STP1
25ST
P525
SERIES SFPSLIDES
Position #1
SERIES SFPSLIDES
Position #2
SLIDESSECONDARY UNIT
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC1
DATE: 11-18-04 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC CYLINDERPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES BCZ NOZZLE CYLINDERS
Discuss actuation times with your customer, especially when they are not retrofitting an entire machine. If you currently haveactuators in the field running too fast, please contact PHD for a field retrofit orifice kit #75677. It may be necessary for you to adjustthe orifice size of the orifice disk to match your customer's specific speed requirement. You can easily drill an additional hole in thealuminum disk, opening the orifice diameter to increase the speed of the cylinder. Please reference the Cycle Extend Time vs.Orifice Area. Contact PHD if slower than standard stroke velocities are required.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Series BCZ nozzle cylinders with attached Mac 400 series valves have proven to be faster in response and actuationtime than the Sidel cylinder with Bosch valve combination. This allows the customer to speed up their machine if all ofthe nozzle cylinders are changed. However if all of the cylinders are not changed, this decreased actuation time can bea problem for the customer. The downward stroke on the cylinder is too fast and removes or traps the transfer armgripper head between the nozzle and the top of the mold. This can cause downtime on the machine, scrap bottles, anddamage the springs on the transfer arm.
PHD will provide a fixed orifice disk to be installed in the valve below the extend exhaust muffler. It is sized to match thecycle time of the Sidel standard unit on the extend cycle. (115 ms)
CYLINDER EXTEND TIME
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050
ORIFICE FLOW AREA (in2)
Standard(4mm Hex)
No Restriction
TIM
E (m
Sec)
4mm HEXEXHAUST ORIFICE
EXTEND EXHAUST
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC2
DATE: 3-9-05 PRODUCT TYPE: ML #305278 & #304450PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: PREFORM EJECT SLIDE
The existing solenoid connector is molded onto the cable. It must be cut off and rewired with the supplied connector.
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
The PHD Preform Eject Slide for replacement of Bosch and Festo slides on Sidel® Series2 SBO machines is a directbolt up replacement actuator. However, the valve cannot be supplied with the original connector interface. The valveconnection is not a direct bolt up. It requires rewiring and replacement of the valve connector.
Connector
PREFORM EJECT SLIDE VALVE CONNECTOR REWIRING
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC3
DATE: 5-5-05 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC CYLINDERPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: BCS15 & 25 STRETCH ROD CYLINDERS
If your customer is experiencing intermittent rod seal leakage on either the BCS15 or 25 cylinders, remove the cylinderfrom service and check the bushing for movement. It should be flush against the inner counterbore of the head. (Seedrawing.) It will be necessary to remove the head from the cylinder.
If the bushing is not flush, remove and clean the outer diameter of the bushing and inner diameter of the bore with anappropriate degreaser. Apply Loctite Black Max (mid-viscosity 480) to the leading edge of the bushing O.D. and pressinto the bore until flush. Allow Loctite to dry and reassemble cylinder. Reference Assembly and Disassembly instructionfor Series BCS Cylinders. 6441-487 (BCS25) and 6441-486 (BCS15). These documents are available on PHD's website:www.phdinc.com
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
ROD BUSHING MOVEMENT
It has come to our attention that Series BCS15 and BCS25 stretch rod cylinders built before 10/15/04 have experienced,in a few isolated cases, rod bushing movement in the head of the cylinder. The problems associated with this movementtypically exhibit themselves as an intermittent rod seal leak. The bushing moves toward the rod seal and makes contactwith the inner lip of the seal causing the lip to distort and produce a leak. The cylinder is still functional at this time,however possibly running slower and inefficiently.
In even fewer cases, we have also experienced rod bushing movement where the bushing is pulled away from the rodseal into the tube of the cylinder. It will show up as a massive rod seal leak and if continued to operate, could cause rodend breakage. Both cases will allow the rods to drift downward when the air supply is removed for machine service.
Seeing a potential problem earlier in the BCZ cylinders, PHD began securing the bushings in the heads of the BCScylinders mechanically with a retaining ring on the BCS25. Loctite Black Max is used to secure the bushing in the BCS15.This upgrade was put into affect in October of 2004 as assurance of proper bushing retention.
SERIES BSC1
ROD BEARING
ROD SEAL, NOTEORIENTATION
LOCATOR
SERIES BSC2
ROD BEARING
ROD SEAL,NOTE ORIENTATION
PRESS ROD BEARINGFLUSH WITH THISSURFACE
PRESS ROD BEARING FLUSHWITH THIS SURFACE
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC4
DATE: 7-7-05 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC CYLINDERPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES BCZ NOZZLE CYLINDERS
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Design Change on BCZ Nozzle Cylinders
Effective immediately, PHD has implemented a design change to Series BCZ Nozzle Cylinders. The newdesign, BCZ2S-6, features a 2 mm longer body snout to accommodate a flange style bushing as well as theaddition of a retaining ring.
While no issues have been reported for Series BCZ Cold Set Nozzle Cylinders, this design change is beingimplemented to proactively address potential rod bushing movement as was previously identified on SeriesBCS15 and BCS25 Stretch Rod Cylinders (see TDB PPC3). Bushing replacement in the field on the newdesign should prove to be faster and more efficient since the need to use a Loctite compound to retain thebushing is no longer necessary.
None required. All incoming orders will be converted to the new units and kits. You may want to let yourcustomers know about this design change to minimize questions and confusion.
PHD will continue to support all old design, BCZ2S-5, units in the field. Please note that the old and newdesigns have different repair kit part numbers. Please make sure you order the correct kit for your customer’sdesign.
BCZ2S-5Old Design
BCZ2S-6New Design
.709[18]
LOCTITE BLACK MAXUSED TO RETAIN
SLEEVE BUSHING
.788[20]
RETAINING RINGFLANGE BUSHING
DESCRIPTIONREPAIR KIT
PART NUMBERBCZ2S-5 BCZ2S-675104-01 75827
REPAIR KIT
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC5
DATE: 10-25-05 PRODUCT TYPE: ALPS Leak Test CylinderPAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: PHD ML#304485
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
If your customers see that the rods are turning black or are slowing to an extent to reject good product, please reference thepreventative maintenance instructions given above.
Rod Seal LeakageIt has come to our attention that the PHD Leak Test Cylinders (ML#304485) can experience rod seal wear between 5 and 10 millioncycles. This problem is attributed to the amount of lubrication placed on the seal during initial construction of the cylinder. The sealwear exhibits itself by the rod turning black on a portion of the rod where the cylinder typically cycles through the rod seal. It may alsoexhibit itself by a slowing down of the cylinder, thereby rejecting good product. To extend the seal life and ensure proper cycling of thecylinder, additional lubrication should be applied to the rod seal.
Preventative Maintenance Lubrication InstructionsThis preventative maintenance lubrication procedure will carry the lubrication into the rod seal groove and gland and should beperformed every 2.5 million cycles.
1. Remove air pressure from the cylinder.2. Extend the rod fully by hand.3. Clean the rod with a clean towel using a light food grade mineral oil to wipe the black material from the rod.4. With the rod still fully extended, brush on a 1/16 inch thick by 1/2 inch wide patch of Dow Corning® White EP grease (#2, EP
rated, food grade grease) completely around the rod next to the mounting flange.5. Cycle the rod in and out of the cylinder by hand three or four times. Do not cycle the cylinder using air pressure, as this will
energize the seal and keep the grease from migrating into the rod seal gland.6. Repeat the application of the grease ring on the outside of the rod two more times and hand cycle actuator as described
above.7. Wipe any excess grease off of the mounting flange.
A
ASECTION A-A
FOOD GRADE LUBEIN THIS AREA
.500
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC6 DATE: 1-4-06 PRODUCT TYPE:PPC Cylinder PAGE1OF1 MODEL OR SERIES:SERIES BCZ NOZZLE CYLINDER
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Make sure your customers know that this advantage is now available, as air loss is a big issue for them in regards to both cost, and a capacity point of view.
3. No external dimensional changes were made.4. New cap assemblies can be ordered to replace the current
caps. Cap assemblies to be ordered using the full unit description -H1200 or part number 77170.
5. Cap repair kits include both the new and old rod seal and bushing. Cap seal only kit includes new and old rod seals.Customers can easily replace parts in their current nozzle cylinders without having to know the model number.
6. New design number to be used when placing an order: BCZ2S-7-instead of BCZ2S-6
7. An addendum to the BCZ01A catalog will be created which includes the changes from design 5 to design 7.
Design 7 Change on Series BCZ Nozzle CylindersPHD’s PPC Group has recently made new developments in Sidel Series2 blow nozzle caps sealing capability,
resulting in a new stretch rod seal and bushing in the cap assembly that will provide approximately 3X longer life than previous seal as tested in a laboratory environment.
Technical Changes from Design 6 to Design 7
1. New stretch rod seal and bushing in cap assembly will provide approximately 3X longer life than previous seal as tested in laboratory environment. As with the previous design, both the seals and bushing require food grade grease to obtain optimal life.
2. The new seal is larger and provides less friction on the stretch rod.
NEW CAP
OLD SEAL ANDSLEEvE BUSHING
NEW SEAL ANDFLANGE BUSHING
KIT NUMBER
75104-01 75827762497667675536
75102-010-06756357510375677
KIT DESCRIPTION*Unit Repair Kit**Cap Repair Kit†Cap Seal Only Kit††Tooling KitRod Locking NutFastener KitManifold KitOrifice Kit
NOTES:1)*Includes all parts to repair the full unit excluding cap parts.2)**Includes all hardware to completely repair cap.3)†Includes rod seal and grease to replace cap seal only.4)††Includes all specialized tools required to rebuild unit.
DESIGN 5 DESIGNS 6 & 7
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC7 DATE: 1-05-06 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC Cylinder
PAGE 1 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: BCS25 & BCS26 Stretch Rod Cylinders
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
If your customer is experiencing intermittent check valve leakage on either the Series BCS25 or BCS26 Cylinders, we have two possible solutions available.
1) We developed an inline housing containing a Kepner check valve that we will exchange, free of charge, for every Deltrol. Via PHD's website, request an RGA number and order the required quantity needed for replacement. When we receive the failed Deltrol check valves, we will issue credit against the ones you have ordered. This is a simple replacement that can be done with the cylinder still mounted to the Sidel machine. Removal and mounting instructions will be supplied. This higher quality poppet style check valve should provide a longer service life, but we cannot warrant the length of life due to the dynamics and conditions of the individual machines. These conditions involve the high flow rate through the valve, centripetal force, and the individual response of the valve to vibrations and cycle rates on the machine. We believe the Kepner valve is better in this application due to the poppet style design. The poppet is supported throughout the stroke of the valve. It also has a more robust spring guide which keeps the spring from over compressing, therefore extending life. This will replace the Deltrol as our standard inline check valve in the -X23 option.
2) We have also taken the step to offer a pilot operated check valve, a more expensive solution that we do feel comfortable warranting and is the check valve specified by Sidel on the new Universal Machine. The pilot operated (PO) check valve operates in the same manner as the inline check valve. Optionally, it also allows external control of the check valve poppet. This can keep the spring and poppet from cycling each time the supply pressure drops. Vibration effects from the machine are minimized since the poppet is held firmly in place by the pilot pressure, extending the life of the check valve. Customer must modify thepneumatic circuit and control the external pilot pressure. The check valve acts as a standard check valve even if no pilot pressure is installed and still traps pressure in the cylinder to keep the stretch rod from dropping during machine shut down.
In summary, if your customers would like to replace their failed Deltrol check valve with the Kepner check valve, providing that the failed Deltrol check valve is returned to us, they will receive credit for the Kepner check valve making it free of charge. The PO check valve is a more expensive option so if they would like to replace their failed Deltrol check valve with a PO check valve, providing that the failed Deltrol check valve is returned to us, they will be required to pay only the difference between the cost of the Kepner check valve and the PO check valve.
BCS25 & BCS26 Check Valve FailureSeries BCS25 and BCS26 Stretch Rod Cylinders built incorporating the Deltrol Check valve have experienced sporadic failures in the field and we no longer have confidence in the reliability of this valve. The problems associated with these check valves have been exhibited by the stretch rod occasionally dropping during shutdown, when it should be held in the retracted position until released by the operator. The few failures we have seen have not caused poor bottle quality, nor machine crashes, but has the potential to become a safety issue should the rod come down before maintenance personnel are prepared for it.
This is not a widespread issue, but as we do not see a more reliable solution possible with the current manufacturer, we have taken the step to change suppliers.
VALVE KITSPHD UNITBCS2550BCS2650BCS2550BCS2650BCS2550BCS2650
KIT DESCRIPTIONKepner Check ValveKepner Check ValvePilot Operated Check ValvePilot Operated Check ValvePilot Operated Check Valve w/ -L12 OptionPilot Operated Check Valve w/ -L12 Option
KIT NO.772347723877236772377724477245
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC7 DATE: 1-05-06 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC Cylinder
PAGE 2 OF 2 MODEL OR SERIES: BCS25 & BCS26 Stretch Rod Cylinders
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
For a period of time, customers who have not specified the LR6 option will receive an inline Kepner check valve with an installed length longer than illustrated in the catalog. Please reference chart below. After this brief period of time when stock has been fabricated, all units will be shipped to the illustrated dimension.
Due to possible interference problems existing only on the heat set machines, customers who have specified the LR6 option for heat set usage will receive an inline Kepner check valve to the cataloged specified length of 3.185 inches.
PHD UNITBCS2550BCS2650
ILLUSTRATED DIMENSION2.998 in3.185 in
ACTUAL DIMENSION3.865 in4.805 in
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC8 DATE: 11-3-06 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC Cylinder
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: Series1 Blow Nozzle Cylinders
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Maintenance Instructions for PHD Series1 Blow Nozzle Cylinders
ML305665ML305877ML306586ML306930ML307217ML307399
We have noticed that we have been inconsistent with shipping out maintenance instructions along with our Series1 Nozzle Cylinders, and would like to make sure that you and your customers have the information needed to obtain the longest life possible out of your customers’ unit(s).
For maximum life, PHD recommends lubricating all seals which come in contact with the stretch rod every 3 months with the following lubrication: FDA Regulation 21 CFR 1789.3570.
Lubrication Procedures:
With stretch rod installed:1. Fully extend the stretch rod.2. Apply a 1/2 inch wide ring of lubricant around the outside diameter of the stretch rod just below the blow nozzle bell.3. Fully retract the stretch rod.4. Once again, fully extend the stretch rod once and wipe away the excess lube from it.
With stretch rod removed:1. With a small brush or similar device, apply a small amount of lubricant to inside surface of the stretch rod seal(s).
As machine set-ups and conditions vary, PHD Inc. cannot guarantee the same extended life will be seen as that resulting from PHD’s own lab testing of the stretch rod seal.
Inform current and potential customers of the recommended lubrication of Series1 Nozzle Cylinders’ stretch rod seals.
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: CL1 DATE: 4-18-06 PRODUCT TYPE: CLAMPS PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES PLM
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
CATALOG PLM01 CORRECTION ON PAGE 6Switch Cable Connection Direction
NOTES:1) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED2) ALL METRIC DIMENSIONS [ ] ARE GIVEN IN MILLIMETERS 1 mm = .03937 in
PS(R)4D1 = M12 X 1 CABLE CONNECTIONPS(R)4E1 = M12 X 1 CABLE CONNECTIONPS(R)4F1 = M12 X 1 CABLE CONNECTION
PS(R)4A9 = 1/2-20 UNF CABLE CONNECTIONPS(R)4D9 = M12 X 1 CABLE CONNECTIONPS(R)4E9 = M12 X 1 CABLE CONNECTIONPS(R)4F9 = M12 X 1 CABLE CONNECTION
.157 [4.0] HEXFINGER EXTENDED SWITCH(ADJUSTABLE)
2X .197 [5.0] HEXSWITCH HOUSING
SWITCH HOUSING CAN MOVETO DIMENSIONS SHOWN
90°
3.441[87.4]
4.088[103.8]3.733[94.8]
.874[22.2]
MAX
.160[4.1]
MAX .160[4.1]
MAX
1.530[38.9] MAX
Please keep a copy of this page with your PLM01 catalog and be sure your customers are ordering the cable connection designation correctly. If it was ordered incorrectly, the instructions are included to adjust the connector.
There is a mistake on page 6 of the PLM01 catalog. The switch cable connection direction is called out incorrectly in the dimensional drawing on the bottom of the page. The Ordering Data is correct, but the data on page 6 is incorrect. The (1) is for the connector to be parallel to the mounting surface and the (9) is for the connector to be perpendicular to the mounting surface. The highlighted areas shown below are the affected information. We have also included instructions in the event you need or wish to change the cable connector direction.
LOOSEN THE TWO M6 SHCS(IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO
REMOVE THEM COMPLETELY)
-Pxxx9 SHOWN
STEP 3
STEP 1 STEP 2
STEP 4 -Pxxx1 SHOWN
SLIDE SWITCH COVERUP BY .100-.150" APPROX
LOOSEN SHCSON SWITCH
MOVE SWITCH TO NEW POSITIONTHEN TIGHTEN SWITCH SHCS
SLIDE SWITCH COVER BACKONTO CLAMP BODY
TIGHTEN THE TWOM6 SHCS TO 85 in-lb
Procedure to Change Direction of Cable Connection
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC9 DATE: 10-4-07 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC Cylinder
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: Series BCS Stretch Rod Cylinder
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
New Option -X26 Replaces Option -X23
The -X23 option, which includes the PHD/Kepner check valve, is no longer being offered.
It is being replaced with an -X26 option, which includes a Norgren check valve, model T55C4800. This check valve is identical to the one the majority of the customers use or have used on their Bosch stretch rod cylinders, so its performance capability is known to most of them. This check valve will not be covered under the PHD warranty umbrella, and any quality issues will need to be brought before Norgren.
PHD highly recommends that those of you with orders awaiting shipment, to confirm approval from your customers with regard to this change, before we ship your units. Everyone should inform customers that this change has occurred.
-X26 OPTION
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G18 DATE: 7-1-09 PRODUCT TYPE: Grippers
MODEL OR SERIES: GrK
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
GrK Grippers Have Higher Grip Forces than previously Cataloged
The following information is revised grip force data for the recently released Series GRK Pneumatic Grippers. PHD has incorporated a new surface treatment and lubrication technology that reduces the friction in the internal jaw mechanism and thus significantly increases the grip force. This provides PHD a greater advantage in the marketplace.
Catalogs, animation software, and sizing software will be revised in the next few weeks. In the meantime, please use the following grip force information when comparing PHD to Schunk or when specifying the GRK Grippers in highly competitive situations.
Change in cataloged grip force (zero tooling length at 87 psi):
PAGE 1 OF 2
(continued on next page)
GrK Gripper published Actual percent size Grip Force Grip Force increase
35 x 6.5 121 159 31%
35 x 12 63 86 37%
46 x 8 223 292 31%
46 x 16 108 146 35%
58 x 10.5 350 454 30%
58 x 20 179 239 34%
75 x 12.5 624 805 29%
75 x 26 282 378 34%
Total Close Grip Force at 87 psi (lb)
reQUireD ACTiON:Inform potential customers for GRK Grippers of this grip force increase.
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: G18 DATE: 7-1-09 PRODUCT TYPE: Grippers
MODEL OR SERIES: GrK
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
LONG TRAVEL UNIT GRIP FORCE
Tooling Length (mm)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Gri
p Fo
rce
(lb)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Gri
p Fo
rce
(lb)
SHORT TRAVEL UNIT GRIP FORCE
Tooling Length (mm)
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Gri
p Fo
rce
(lb)
Tooling Length (mm)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Gri
p Fo
rce
(lb)
Tooling Length (mm)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Gri
p Fo
rce
(lb)
Tooling Length (mm)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Gri
p Fo
rce
(lb)
Tooling Length (mm)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Gri
p Fo
rce
(lb)
Tooling Length (mm)
0 50 100 150 200 250
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Gri
p Fo
rce
(lb)
Tooling Length (mm)
0 50 100 150 200 250
GRK35
GRK46
GRK58
GRK75
Originally Cataloged Currently Shipping
PAGE 2 OF 2
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PHDP1 DATE: 12-21-11 PRODUCT TYPE: PHD PLus
MODEL OR SERIES: ECV, EsK/EsL, EsG
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 3
REQUIRED ACTION:Please contact PHD Customer Service for additional assistance if required.
Engineering Data, Life Charts and EquationsSee changes below.Page 6:
WEIGHT AND INERTIAL CALCULATIONS: TOTAL WEIGHT = WOT + (WLT x TRAVEL) + MOTOR MOUNT WEIGHT TOTAL MOVING WEIGHT = WOM + (WLM x TRAVEL) + EXTERNAL PAYLOAD
FOR -Qx11: INERTIA Reflected = JO + (JL x TRAVEL) + (JM x TOTAL MOVING WEIGHT) + JQ FOR -QF21: INERTIA Reflected = [JO + (JL x TRAVEL) + (JM x TOTAL MOVING WEIGHT)] / 4 + JQ
INER
TIA
ACTUATOR @ ZERO STROKE (JO) lb-in2 [kg-m2] 0.010 [3.00 x 10-6] 0.051 [1.50 x 10-5] 0.165 [4.84 x 10-5]LENGTH ADDER (JL) lb-in2/in [kg-m2/mm] 0.0009 [9.85 x 10-9] 0.0025 [2.90 x 10-8] 0.0069 [7.95 x 10-8]MOVING WEIGHT ADDER (JM)
lb-in2/lb 9.63 x 10-4 3.85 x 10-3 3.85 x 10-3 9.86 x 10-3 3.85 x 10-3 1.54 x 10-2
[kg-m2/kg] [6.21 x 10-7] [2.48 x 10-6] [2.48 x 10-6] [6.36 x 10-6] [2.48 x 10-6] [9.93 x 10-6]
MOTOR CONFIGURATION (JQ)
-QF11lb-in2 [kg-m2]
0.048 [1.40 x 10-5] 0.161 [4.71 x 10-5] 0.159 [4.65 x 10-5]-QF21 0.094 [2.75 x 10-5] 0.283 [8.28 x 10-5] 0.654 [1.91 x 10-4]-QL11 0.011 [3.14 x 10-6] 0.021 [6.11 x 10-6] 0.138 [4.04 x 10-5]
Page 24:
Page 38:
Pages 6, 24, & 38
INER
TIA
ACTUATOR @ ZERO STROKE (JO) lb-in2 [kg-m2] 0.010 [3.00 x 10-6] 0.051 [1.50 x 10-5] 0.165 [4.84 x 10-5]LENGTH ADDER (JL) lb-in2/in [kg-m2/mm] 0.0009 [9.85 x 10-9] 0.0025 [2.90 x 10-8] 0.0069 [7.95 x 10-8]
MOVING WEIGHT ADDER (JM)
lb-in2/lb 9.63 x 10-4 3.85 x 10-3 3.85 x 10-3 9.86 x 10-3 3.85 x 10-3 1.54 x 10-2
[kg-m2/kg] [6.21 x 10-7] [2.48 x 10-6] [2.48 x 10-6] [6.36 x 10-6] [2.48 x 10-6] [9.93 x 10-6]
MOTOR CONFIGURATION (JQ)
-QF11lb-in2 [kg-m2]
0.048 [1.40 x 10-5] 0.161 [4.71 x 10-5] 0.159 [4.65 x 10-5]-QF21 0.094 [2.75 x 10-5] 0.283 [8.28 x 10-5] 0.654 [1.91 x 10-4]-QL11 0.011 [3.14 x 10-6] 0.021 [6.11 x 10-6] 0.138 [4.04 x 10-5]
INER
TIA
ACTUATOR @ ZERO STROKE (JO) lb-in2 [kg-m2] 0.010 [3.00 x 10-6] 0.051 [1.50 x 10-5] 0.051 [1.50 x 10-5]LENGTH ADDER (JL) lb-in2/in [kg-m2/mm] 0.0009 [9.85 x 10-9] 0.0025 [2.90 x 10-8] 0.0025 [2.90 x 10-8]
MOVING WEIGHT ADDER (JM)
lb-in2/lb [kg-m2/kg]
9.63 x 10-4 3.85 x 10-3 3.85 x 10-3 9.86 x 10-3 3.85 x 10-3 9.86 x 10-3
[6.21 x 10-7] [2.48 x 10-6] [2.48 x 10-6] [6.36 x 10-6] [2.48 x 10-6] [6.36 x 10-6]
MOTOR CONFIGURATION (JQ)
-QF11lb-in2 [kg-m2]
0.048 [1.40 x 10-5] 0.161 [4.71 x 10-5] 0.161 [4.71 x 10-5]-QF21 0.094 [2.75 x 10-5] 0.283 [8.28 x 10-5] 0.283 [8.28 x 10-5]-QL11 0.011 [3.14 x 10-6] 0.021 [6.11 x 10-6] 0.021 [6.11 x 10-6]
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PHDP1 DATE: 12-21-11 PRODUCT TYPE: PHD PLus
MODEL OR SERIES: ECV, EsK/EsL, EsG
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 2 OF 3
REQUIRED ACTION:Please contact PHD Customer Service for additional assistance if required.
0
- 100 Million Inches [2500 km] Life- 200 Million Inches [5000 km] Life
0
- 100 Million Inches [2500 km] Life- 200 Million Inches [5000 km] Life
- 100 Million Inches [2500 km] Life- 200 Million Inches [5000 km] Life
00 1.968
[50]
00
00
44.96
67.44[300]
78.68[350]
56.20[250]
[200]
33.72[150]
22.48[100]
11.24[50]
3.937[100]
5.905[150]
7.874[200]
9.842[250]
11.811[300]
13.780[350]
15.748[400]
17.716[450]
3.937[100]
7.874[200]
11.811[300]
15.748[400]
78.68[350]
67.44[300]
56.20[250]
44.96[200]
33.72[150]
22.48[100]
11.24[50]
0
67.44[300]44.96[200]
22.48[100]
134.9[600]112.4[500]
89.92[400]
179.85[800]
202.32[900]
157.36[700]
1.968[50]
3.937[100]
5.905[150]
7.874[200]
9.842[250]
11.811[300]
13.780[350]
15.748[400]
17.716[450]
67.44[300]44.96[200]22.48[100]
134.9[600]112.4[500]89.92[400]
202.32[900]
179.85[800]
157.36[700]
224.81[1000]
3.937[100]
7.874[200]
11.811[300]
15.748[400]
0
44.96[200]
134.9[600]
89.92[400]
179.85[800]
224.81[1000]
269.77[1200]
314.73[1400]
1.968[50]
3.937[100]
5.905[150]
7.874[200]
9.842[250]
11.811[300]
13.780[350]
15.748[400]
17.716[450]
19.685[500]
21.653[550]
44.96[200]
134.9[600]
89.92[400]
179.85[800]
224.81[1000]
269.77[1200]
314.73[1400]
3.937[100]
7.874[200]
11.811[300]
15.748[400]
19.685[500]
00
0.002[.05]
0.004[.10]
0.01[.25]
0.019[.50]
0.029[.75]
0.039[1]
0.078[2]
0.118[3]
0.002[.05]
0.004[.10]
0.01[.25]
0.019[.50]
0.029[.75]
0.039[1]
0.078[2]
0.118[3]
0.002[.05]
0.004[.10]
0.01[.25]
0.019[.50]
0.029[.75]
0.039[1]
0.078[2]
0.118[3]
Page 26:
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PHDP1 DATE: 12-21-11 PRODUCT TYPE: PHD PLus
MODEL OR SERIES: ECV, EsK/EsL, EsG
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 3 OF 3
REQUIRED ACTION:Please contact PHD Customer Service for additional assistance if required.
- 100 Million Inches [2500 km] Life- 200 Million Inches [5000 km] Life
- 100 Million Inches [2500 km] Life- 200 Million Inches [5000 km] Life
- 100 Million Inches [2500 km] Life- 200 Million Inches [5000 km] Life
0
67.44[300]
44.96[200]
22.48[100]
89.92[400]
00
67.44[300]
44.96[200]
22.48[100]
89.92[400]
1.968[50]
3.937[100]
5.905[150]
7.874[200]
9.842[250]
11.811[300]
13.780[350]
15.748[400]
17.716[450]
21.653[550]
19.685[500]
23.622[600]
3.937[100]
7.874[200]
11.811[300]
15.748[400]
19.685[500]
23.622[600]
00
0 1.968[50]
3.937[100]
5.905[150]
7.874[200]
9.842[250]
11.811[300]
13.780[350]
15.748[400]
17.716[450]
21.653[550]
19.685[500]
23.622[600]
0
67.44[300]
44.96[200]
22.48[100]
134.9[600]
112.4[500]
89.92[400]
202.32[900]
179.85[800]
157.36[700]
67.44[300]
44.96[200]
22.48[100]
134.9[600]
112.4[500]
89.92[400]
202.32[900]
179.85[800]
157.36[700]
224.81[1000]
00
247.29[1100]
3.937[100]
7.874[200]
11.811[300]
15.748[400]
19.685[500]
23.622[600]
44.96[200]
134.9[600]
89.92[400]
179.85[800]
224.81[1000]
269.77[1200]
314.73[1400]
44.96[200]
134.9[600]
89.92[400]
179.85[800]
224.81[1000]
269.77[1200]
359.69[1600]
0 1.968[50]
3.937[100]
5.905[150]
7.874[200]
9.842[250]
11.811[300]
13.780[350]
15.748[400]
17.716[450]
21.653[550]
19.685[500]
23.622[600]
0 3.937[100]
7.874[200]
11.811[300]
15.748[400]
19.685[500]
23.622[600]
25.590[650]
27.559[700]
27.559[700]
0
314.73[1400]
0.002[.05]
0.004[.10]
0.01[.25]
0.019[.50]
0.029[.75]
0.039[1]
0.078[2]
0.118[3]
0.002[.05]
0.004[.10]
0.01[.25]
0.019[.50]
0.029[.75]
0.039[1]
0.078[2]
0.118[3]
0.002[.05]
0.004[.10]
0.01[.25]
0.019[.50]
0.029[.75]
0.039[1]
0.078[2]
0.118[3]
Page 27:
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: R10 DATE: 2-20-12 PRODUCT TYPE: ROTARY ACTUATORS
MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES RFS
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 1
REQUIRED ACTION:Update your information so that when recommending or specifying rotary actuators on future projects the Series RFS Rotary Actuators will not be used in a horizontal-inverted orientation.
Series RFS Application Unit Orientation Recommendation/Warning
The Series RFS Rotary Actuators are designed to be used with the rotary table in a horizontal – up attitude or with the rotary table in a vertical attitude as shown below. PHD does not recommend the Series RFS Rotary Actuators in applications where the rotary table is horizontal-inverted also shown below.
For applications requiring a horizontal-inverted rotary, contact PHD Unique Solutions for specifications of available units.
Acceptable
Vertical Horizontal - Up Horizontal - Inverted
Acceptable Not Acceptable
LOAD LOADLOAD
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: G19 DATE: 6-25-12 PRODUCT TYPE: Grippers
MODEL OR SERIES: Grr pArALLeL
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 2
REQUIRED ACTION:
New -STT99 Coupled Jaw Position Sensor Option
This option has the same functional performance as the -SPP99 option, except it is mechanically coupled and must be specified when the order is placed. This option cannot be added to the unit at a later time.
The catalog pdf file has been updated online to reflect this addition. Below is the pertinent information (highlighted) about the -STT99 Jaw Position Sensor option.
Inform potential customers about this new option and make them aware of the updated pdf on PHD’s website. Refer to CAT-GRR.pdf
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Product Line, Series, Type, Synchronization, Jaw, Design No., Size, Total Jaw Travel, and Options required.
2 -63 x1RRG
PRODUCT LINEG - Gripper
SERIESRegular Duty
TYPELong Travel,
High Capacity,Parallel Gripper
SYNCHRONIZATION0 - Non-synchronized1 - Synchronized2 - Non-synchronized independently powered jaws
JAWStyle 2
- 6
DESIGN NO.(See Note 1)2 - Imperial6 - Metric
-
BORE SIZE MINIMUM TOTAL JAW TRAVEL150 = 150 mm (5.906 in)200 = 200 mm (7.874 in)250 = 250 mm (9.843 in)350 = 350 mm (13.780 in)
OPTIONS(OMIT IF NOT REQUIRED)
PORT OPTIONS
200 Z1 - H47
OPTIONS(OMIT IF NOT REQUIRED)
JAW TRAVEL LIMITING OPTIONSGRR02, GRR12 & GRR22
ANxxx - Jaw travel limitation on open,both jaws
ATxxx - Jaw travel limitation on closed,both jaws GRR02 & GRR22 ONLY
APxxx - Jaw travel limitation on open,Jaw A only
AQxxx - Jaw travel limitation on open,Jaw B only
ARxxx - Jaw travel limitation on closed,Jaw A only
AUxxx - Jaw travel limitation on closed,Jaw B only
OPEN POSITION
CLOSED POSITION
15
AA26
99
3748
JAW B
JAW A
Total Jaw Travel = (Open position - Closed Position)
NOTES:1) Design number indicates imperial
or metric mounting holes and ports. Dowel pin holes are metric regardless of design number.
2) Standard unit is Rodlok ready.3) Available on GRR1 only. GRR1 unit
is SPP99 ready.4) Available on GRR1 only. -STT99
option must be ordered with the gripper. Only sensor replacement kits are available.
L9 - NPT Ports (metric units only)UNIT OPTIONS
H47 - Rodlok (See Note 2)V1 - Fluoro-Elastomer Seals
except for Rodlok mechanismZ1 - Corrosion resistant coating on
exposed parts except for Rodlok mechanism and Rodlok rod
SENSOR OPTIONSSPP99 - Rotary jaw position sensor
installed (see Note 3)STT99 - Coupled rotary jaw position
sensor installed (see Note 4)
SERIES GRR ORDERING DATA
REPLACEMENT STT99 JAW POSITION SENSOR KITS
KIT STANDARDCORROSION RESISTANT
Sensor Replacement Kit 84404-11 84404-12Kit includes 1 jaw position sensor, 2 mounting screws, 1 seal and spring
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: G19 DATE: 6-25-12 PRODUCT TYPE: Grippers
MODEL OR SERIES: Grr pArALLeL
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Ø 2.000 [Ø 51.0] MIN HOLETO ALLOW REMOVAL OFPOSITION SENSOR
mm161.919.036.5254
LETTERDIMJ8
SP1SP2SP3
in6.375.7481.43710.000
GRRx2-x-63
MODEL NUMBER
+ VDC (PIN 1)
SIGNAL OUT (PIN 2)
GROUND (PIN 3)
CONNECTORINTERFACE
3mm HEX SIZE
1
MALE QUICK CONNECT
SP1
J8
Ø 1.500 [Ø 38.1] MIN HOLETO PROVIDE CLEARANCE FORPOSITION SENSOR
SP3
[M8 X 1]THREAD
Ø SP2
3
5
2
6
4
PAGE 2 OF 2
RESOLUTIONResolution of sensor installed into gripper is 0.001 inch
[0.025 mm] in conjunction with an analog control module having 15 bits or greater input resolution.
REPEATABILITYMaximum variation of reported grip dimension when repeatedly
gripping the same object is ±0.002 in [±0.05 mm].
ENVIRONMENTALTemperature Limits: -20 to 180°F [-28 to 82°C]
IP67 compliant when installed in gripper.
ELECTRICALSupply Voltage: 15-30 VDC, reverse polarity protected Output Voltage: 0-10 VDC, short-circuit protected Output Constant: 663 ± 1mV/inch [26.10 ± 0.04 mV/mm] of grip changeOutput Voltage Offset: <10mV typicalOutput Linearity: ± 0.3%
STT99 COUPLED JAW POSITION SENSOR
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW21 DATE: 6-25-12 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: VarioUS, See chart
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:
Legacy Switches and Cordsets
Over the years, PHD has accumulated a variety of legacy switches and cordsets which currently have minimal sales volume. This is the result of new switch designs and technology and corresponding actuators which have been obsoleted over the years. PHD has made the determination to obsolete and no longer manufacture these switches.
To address this, PHD will implement a two phase plan. Phase 1 affects the group of switches which will be obsoleted immediately. Phase 2 affects the group of switches which will be obsoleted over a period of time. PHD will address the plan for this group at a later date.
The chart on the following page lists the PHD switches and cordsets to be obsoleted. Also shown is a cross-reference to a comparable switch or cordset which can be used in lieu of the obsoleted product in the majority of situations.
For the customers who would prefer to purchase any of the obsoleted products, PHD will offer a one time, first come offering of all remaining inventory. Following this email, PHD will send each distributor a list of customers who have purchased these items in the past two years. Please contact these accounts to advise them of the impending obsolescence and confirm if they would like to order any of the remaining inventory. Concerning the cordsets specifically, in addition to PHD, these can be purchased from many mill supply and electrical houses.
Orders will be accepted until September 1, 2012. After this date, any remaining inventory will be purged from PHD.
For additional assistance or to check available inventory, please contact PHD Customer Service.
Please contact your customers to advise them of the impending obsolescence and confirm if they would like to order any of the switches and cordsets remaining in inventory.
PAGE 1 OF 2
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW21 DATE: 6-25-12 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: VarioUS, See chart
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 2 OF 2
SWITCH CORDSET BRACKET17502-2-06
17522-2 63549-xx17503-2-06
17523-2 63549-xx17504-2-06
17524-2 63549-xx17509-3-06
17529-3 63549-xx53602-2-02
53622-2 63549-xx53604-1-02
53624-1 63549-xx53606-1-02
53626-1 63549-xx55802-1-02
55822-1 63549-xx55804-1-02
55824-1 63549-xx62505-1-02
62515-1 61397-xx62506-1-02
62516-1 61397-xx62507-1-02
62517-1 61397-xx62526-1 KILL 62516-1 61397-xx
CABLED 17509-3-06 17000-xx-xQUICK CONNECT 17529-3 63549-xx 17000-xx-x
15900-1 15903-xx-xx 5142-xx-xCABLED 17502-2-06 17000-xx-x
QUICK CONNECT 17522-2 63549-xx 17000-xx-x17502-2-06 17000-xx-x
17522-2 63549-xx 17000-xx-x18430-002-05 KILL18431-002-05 KILL9799-01-0100 KILL9799-01-0200 KILL9800-01-0100 KILL9800-01-0200 KILL15903-00-06 KILL15903-00-20 KILL15903-90-06 KILL15903-90-20 KILL15904-00-06 KILL15904-90-06 KILL
61398-02 KILL61398-05 KILL
Note: Alternate may not work in all applications due to differing cable length.
CORDSET
15903-00-1215903-00-1215903-90-1215903-90-1215904-00-1215904-90-12
18430-002-0218430-002-02
61397-xx61397-xx
PROX
SET POINT MODULE
9800-01-0300PRODUCT DOES NOT HAVE A REPLACEMENT
9800-01-03009800-01-0400
APPLICATION NO LONGER SUPPORTED120V AC: CURRENT LIMITING ALLOWED120V AC: CURRENT LMTNG NOT ALLW'D
24V DC
CABLEDQUICK CONNECT
KILL CABLEDQUICK CONNECTQUICK CONNECT
REEDAB12 KILL
240V AC
16383-1-06 KILL
6250
62505-1-05 KILL CABLEDQUICK CONNECT
62506-1-05 KILL CABLEDQUICK CONNECT
62507-1-05
558055802-1-05 KILL CABLED
QUICK CONNECT
55804-1-05 KILL CABLEDQUICK CONNECT
KILL CABLEDQUICK CONNECT
53606-1-05 KILL CABLEDQUICK CONNECT
17509-3-20 KILLCABLED
QUICK CONNECT
5360
53602-2-05 KILL CABLEDQUICK CONNECT
53604-1-05
17503-2-20 KILLCABLED
QUICK CONNECT
17504-2-20 KILLCABLED
QUICK CONNECT
SERIES PART NUMBER STATUSALTERNATE PRODUCT
APPLICATION / OPTION
1750
17502-2-20 KILLCABLED
QUICK CONNECT
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: OPT1 DATE: 4-25-16 PRODUCT TYPE: PHD OPTIMAX®
MODEL OR SERIES: OCG
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 1
REQUIRED ACTION:No action required.
Series OCG Cylinder Switch Bracket Change Model: Optimax® Series OCG using:• Switch bundle• Bracket part number 86999
This change affects the switch bracket used with the Optimax® Cylinder only. The switch bracket changes from a molded plastic housing to cast zinc. The new bracket simplifies installation and eliminates small loose parts.
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW22 DATE: 8-21-12 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: SWitch BracKet #5142-xx-x
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:
Legacy Large Bore Switch Brackets
PHD has made the determination to no longer manufacture switch brackets sold for use on 1-1/2" to 4" bore NFPA Cylinders. This decision is based on low usage of these brackets that are used solely with old design legacy/obsolete switches. The chart below specifies the bracket part numbers as well as the associated extrusion.
Please contact these accounts and confirm their interest in purchasing. Orders will be accepted until October 1, 2012. After this date all remaining inventory will be purged. For additional assistance or to check availability, please contact PHD Customer Service.
PAGE 1 OF 1
Bracket Part Number Qty. Available Raw Extrusion Part Number Ft. Available
5142-51-1 30 5109 38'
5142-52-1 2 5110 73'
5142-53-1 4 5111 20'
5142-54-1 0 5113 0
5142-55-1 15 5112 0
5142-56-1 51 7329 0
5142-51-0 21 9344 173'
5142-52-0 2 9345 0
5142-53-0 0 9346 0
5142-54-0 0 9348 0
5142-55-0 30 9347 217'
5142-56-0 0 7329 0
5142-51-3 16 9344 173'
5142-52-3 1 9345 0
5142-53-3 0 9346 0
5142-54-3 0 9348 0
5142-55-3 7 9347 217'
5142-56-3 0 7329 0
PHD will offer a one time, first come-first serve offering on all remaining inventory. Following this email, PHD will send each distributor as applicable a list of customers who have purchased these switch brackets during the last 2 years.
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW23 DATE: 3/2/2015 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: SWitch ModeL 13109-02-6
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:
Phase Out of 13109-02-6 3 Amp Reed Switch
PHD will cease manufacturing and sale of the 13109-02-6 proximity switch once current inventory is depleted.
Recommended Replacement:PHD recommends using the Series 15901-1, 3 Amp Reed (TRIAC) along with the appropriate 5142-xx-3 Switch Bracket and cordset number 15903-xx-x. As this switch is no longer cataloged the engineering information is included with this bulletin.
Inform affected customers of this upcoming change and the replacement switch available. For additional assistance or to check availability, please contact PHD Customer Service.
PAGE 1 OF 3
ORDERING DATA: SERIES 1590 SWITCHES
CORDSETSTO ORDER SPECIFY:
SENSINGCIRCUITRY DESCRIPTION
1-1 3 AMP AC Reed
Type, Sensing Circuitry,and Design No.
1-11590NOTES:1) Cordsets for quick connect
switches must be orderedseparately.
2) Other cable lengths available.Consult PHD.
TYPEReed PART NO.
15903-00-12
15903-90-12
DESCRIPTION12 ft [3.6 m] Cordset for ReedSwitch, Straight Connector12 ft [3.6 m] Cordset for ReedSwitch, 90° Connector
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW23 DATE: 3/2/2015 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: SWitch ModeL 13109-02-6
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
BENEFITS
■ Reed Switches are suitable for use on most Tom Thumb/PHD products.
■ Adjustable mounting allows switches to be located anywhere within range of piston travel.
■ Several switches may be mounted to control or initiate any sequence function.
■ Liquid Resistant Switches can be used in applications where coolant or moisture due to washdown is present (IEC IP67 rating). Consult PHD for compatibility with caustic or hazardous liquids.
■ No externally moving parts to wear or maintain.
■ Suited for use in plant environments where dirt and contamination create difficulties for electromechanical and other types of controls.
■ LED provides convenient means for positioning and trouble-shooting switch and circuits.
■ 3 Amp Switch provides internal transient protection under normal conditions (AC only).
The PHD 15901-1 Reed Switch operates on AC current. They are ideal for use as inputs for many types of sequencers and programmable controllers. In some cases they can be used to drive some relays or valve solenoids.
The 3 Amp Switch is very similar to the Reed Switch in construction. The difference is the inclusion of a triac which upgrades the contact rating to 3 amps. The 3 Amp Switch also has built-in protection against electrical transients.
15901-1 3 AMP REED SWITCH (TRIAC)SPECIFICATIONS 15901-1OPERATING PRINCIPLE Magnetic ReedACTUATED BY Piston MagnetINPUT VOLTAGE 65 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz)VA MAX. 360CURRENT (BREAK) 3 AmpLEAKAGE 1.7 mA.RESPONSE TIME 1.5 ms On, 0-8.3 ms OffLED INDICATOR Visible throughout voltage rangeENVIRONMENTAL IP67OPERATING TEMP. 0° to 80°C
NOTE: All incandescent loads derate switch capacity to 10% due to inrush current. Consult PHD for higher load requirement for the 3 Amp switch.
REED WIRING SCHEMATICS15901-1 AC ONLY
LOAD
SWITCH
PIN 2
PIN 3
NEUTRAL
LINE
117VAC
PIN ASSIGNMENT
LED
PIN 2
PIN 1
PIN 3
PAGE 2 OF 3
DIMENSIONS: SERIES 1590 SWITCHES1.280[32.5]
.763[19.4]
1.411[35.8]
.500[12.7]
.572[14.5]3° TYP
1/2-20 [12 mm] THREADFOR CORDSETREED SWITCHES USE 3 POLE
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW23 DATE: 3/2/2015 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: SWitch ModeL 13109-02-6
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
DIMENSIONS: 5142-xx-3 SWITCH BRACKET
1.050[26.7]
SWITCH BRACKET DOES NOTEXTEND BEYOND CYLINDEROUTLINE ON THIS SIDE
.312[7.9]
1.062 [27]
1.094[27.8]
1.280 [32.5]
SERIES1000 & 20003000 & 40005000 & 60007000 & 8000MINIATURE
DESCRIPTIONStrain Relief Kit for use with LargeBore Cylinder Switch Brackets
PART NO.18412
LIQUID RESISTANT SWITCH
STRAIN RELIEF KITSROTARY & MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
NPG
METRIC1925293519293551752935
EA, EL,& NEA
AV & HV
SERIES
CYLINDERSBORE SIZE
IMPERIAL3/41
1-1/81-3/83/4
1-1/81-3/8
23
1-1/81-3/8
METRIC——————
LIQUID RESISTANT5142-51-35142-52-35142-53-35142-55-35142-56-3
—
LARGE BORE CYLINDERSBORE SIZE
IMPERIAL1-1/2
22-1/2
3-1/4*4
5, 6, & 8
LIQUID RESISTANT5142-31-35142-32-35142-33-35142-34-35142-35-35142-36-35142-37-35142-40-35142-41-35142-33-35142-36-3
LINEAR SECTION5142-36-35142-37-35142-40-35142-41-35142-35-3
ROTARY SECTION5142-32-35142-34-35142-38-35142-39-3
—
*3-1/4" Bore C & C Cylinders require switchbracket 5142-54-3
SWITCH CORDSETS1.141
[29.0] MAX
1.718[43.6]
Ø 1/4 [6.4] CORD
1590x-00-xx STRAIGHTCONNECTOR CORDSET 1.203
[30.5] MAX
LED INDICATOR REF
Ø 1/4 [6.4] CORDCORD WILL EXTEND FROM SWITCH ONTHE LED SIDE OF THE SWITCH
1590x-90-xx90° CONNECTOR CORDSET
PAGE 3 OF 3
DESCRIPTIONstraight connector90° connector
TYPE OF SWITCHREEDREED
PHD CORDSETPART NO.
15903-00-1215903-90-12
DANIEL WOODHEADPART NO.
7021570219
JOYPART NO.
5000 114-35000 114-6
LUMBERGPART NO.
RKT 3U-618/12FRKWT 3U-618/12F
NOTE: PHD reserves the right to supply any of the cordsets listed.
PIN/WIRE COLOR ASSIGNMENT FOR PHD, DANIEL WOODHEAD, JOY, AND LUMBERG CORDSETS
3 POLEPIN ASSIGNMENT
1 GREEN 2 RED WITH BLACK TRACER 3 RED WITH WHITE TRACER
32
1
3 WIRE
FACE VIEW OF PLUGS
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW24 DATE: 3/21/2016 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: Jc1StP
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:
Environmental Protection for PHD Teachable Switches If the JC1STP teachable switches are used in an environment were the switch is exposed to solvents the programmer housing could swell or become soft and sticky. To prevent this, use clear polyolefin heat shrink tubing to increase switch life.
The potting material used in the programmer housing of the PHD JC1STP teachable switch performs well in many automotive, commercial, and consumer chemical environments, but it is sensitive to strongly polar solvents as well as strong acids and bases. Denatured alcohol is an example of a polar solvent, gasoline is not. When attacked, the potting material softens and swells, eventually causing switch failure.
Polyolefin heat shrink tubing can extend the life of the switch programmer housing in these environments. It is low cost, readily available and easy to field install. Clear polyolefin heat shrink tubing with large shrink ratios is needed. Two suitable sizes of clear, adhesive lined, semi-rigid polyolefin, 4:1 heat shrink tubing may be ordered from McMaster-Carr in small quantities:
P/N 2735K11 – marked Raychem ES1000-1-2x6, .225" exp. - .050" rec.
P/N 2735K12 – marked Raychem ES1000-2-2x6, .293" exp. - .065" rec.
A three inch minimum length of tubing is used to protect the programmer housing. The small diameter tubing works best but the large size is easier to slip over the housing. Life in the most aggressive test solvent is greatly extended compared to an unprotected switch.
The switch remains programmable without removing the tubing. Because the heat shrink tubing is semi-rigid but still relatively soft, care must be taken when operating the switch push button. Use a 2.5 mm ball end hex wrench and slow, steady pressure to activate the programmer button and the switch can be reprogrammed without damaging the tubing.
No action required.
PAGE 1 OF 1
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: C16 DATE: 12-9-14 PRODUCT TYPE: CYLINDERS
MODEL OR SERIES: Series CM Cylinder
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 1
REQUIRED ACTION:
Discontinuing Series CMx Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder
PHD is discontinuing the Series CMx Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder effective immediately due to low demand.
Complete units and replacement parts are available until depleted from current inventory, after which no additional parts will be manufactured.
For additional assistance or to check available inventory, please contact PHD Customer Service.
Advise affected customers of this discontinuation
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: M5 DATE: 6/30/2015 PRODUCT TYPE: MULTI-MOTION ACTUATORS
MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES MCS
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:
Discontinuing Series MCS Multi-Motion ActuatorsPHD is discontinuing the Series MCS Multi-Motion Actuators effective immediately due to low demand.Complete units and replacement parts are available until they are depleted from current inventory, after which no additional parts will be manufactured.
For additional assistance or to check available inventory, please contact PHD Customer Service.
Advise affected customers of this discontinuation.
PAGE 1 OF 1
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL37 DATE: 11-30-12 PRODUCT TYPE: SLideS
MODEL OR SERIES: SeRieS SG
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 1
REQUIRED ACTION:Please contact PHD Customer Service for additional assistance if required.
Design Change to Metric Series SG Slides (9)
The rod coupler that attaches the cylinder rod to the saddle has been redesigned to reduce the backlash on the metric SG slides with -H11 and -H12 options. The new coupler will not interchange with the old design coupling assembly. The saddle requires a different pocket (in Design 9), causing different part numbers for the saddle and new coupling parts. Options -H11 and -H12 require these parts and that is why the design number has been changed on all the SG metric units (on standard metric units, the CV cylinder rod still mounts directly to the saddle.)
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Product, Series, Type, Design No.,Size, Travel, and Options.
NOTES:1) All units are shock ready as standard. Shock absorber kits
are ordered separately. See option page for completeordering information.
2) Shock absorber on retraction is not available with UB2xoption (port position 2).
3) Shock absorbers are not plated with -Z1 option.4) Options -BB and -BR are not available with
shock absorbers.5) Rodlok must be ordered separately when a
replacement cylinder option -H4 is specified with -H47unit. See option page for Rodlok kits.
6) Cushions and port controls are available on -DB and -PBoptions only (locations 1 and 5) on 3-position units.
TYPEB
CD
- Standard linear ball bushing,standard shaft
- TC bushing, standard shaft- TC bushing, oversize shaft
SIZE1
2
3
4
5
6
- 19 mm bore cylinder with8 mm shaft standard,10 mm shaft oversize
- 20 mm bore cylinder with10 mm shaft standard,12 mm shaft oversize
- 25 mm bore cylinder with12 mm shaft standard,16 mm shaft oversize
- 32 mm bore cylinder with16 mm shaft standard,20 mm shaft oversize
- 40 mm bore cylinder with20 mm shaft standard,25 mm shaft oversize
- 40 mm bore cylinder with25 mm shaft standard,30 mm shaft oversizeS - Slide
PRODUCT
- VDMA/ISO cylinder ready32 and 40 mm bore
- ISO 6432 cylinder ready16, 20, and 25 mm bore
H11
H12
WITHOUT CYLINDER OPTIONS
-H11 and -H12 are available on designnumber 9 metric units only.
DBDEDRH4EMU6U7
WITH CYLINDER OPTIONS
DBDEDRH4H47L9EM
PB
PEPRUBxx
WITH CYLINDER OPTIONS- Cushion controls both direction (Standard in location 1 & 5) (See note 6)- Cushion control extend only (Standard in location 1)- Cushion control retract only (Standard in location 5)- Cylinder replacement only (See note 5)- Rodlok cylinder with locking device adaptor (Not available on size 1)- NPT ports (NPT-standard on imperial units BSPP-standard on metric units)- Series 1750 Solid State magnetic piston (Available on size 1 only)- Magnetic piston for Series 1750 Switches on size 41 and 91. Magnetic piston
for Series 6250 Switches on sizes 42/92 through 46/96.- Port controls both directions (Standard locations are 1 & 5, not available on
size 1) (See note 6)- Port control extend only (Standard in location 1, not available on size 1)- Port control retract only (Standard in location 5, not available on size 1) - Optional port locations (N/A on 3-position units)
Standard ports, cushion controls, and port controls are located in positions 1 & 5.Sizes 2 and 3 use 10-32 [M5] ports when combined with port controls on thesame surface.
SHOCK ABSORBER KITSPHD SHOCK
ABSORBER NO.57858-07-x57858-01-x57858-02-x
SLIDEMODEL
SGxx1, SGxx2SGxx3
SGxx4, SGxx5, SGxx6
x – –
49
- Imperial- Metric
x
E - 3 position cylinder(specify only if needed)
THREE POSITION UNIT
MID-POSITION TRAVELSpecify for 3 position units.
Travel from retract position 1to mid-position 2.
DESIGN NO.
GS B 4 3 6 DB – M – PB
SERIESG - Gantry
BB – Q1 – Z1
SLIDE OPTIONS- Shock Pad both directions- Shock Pad on extension- Shock Pad on retraction- Proximity Switch ready both ends*- Saddle mounting in position number 4- Saddle mounting in position number 1
(Not available on sizes 1, 2, 3 slides)- Lube fitting in saddle port position 2 and 4- Lube fitting in saddle port position 3- Corrosion-resistant guide shafts (ends unplated)- Electroless nickel plated ferrous metal parts
*Switches must be ordered separately.
BBBEBRCBGXGY
L4L6Q1Z1
Available in 1/4" increments.Total slide travel fromretract position 1 toextend position 3.
SLIDE TRAVELIMPERIAL UNITS
41 - 1" to 12"42 - 1" to 12"43 - 1" to 16"44 - 1" to 20"45 - 1" to 24"46 - 1" to 36"
SLIDESIZE
SLIDE TRAVELMETRIC UNITS
91 - 25 mm to 305 mm92 - 25 mm to 305 mm93 - 25 mm to 405 mm94 - 25 mm to 510 mm95 - 25 mm to 610 mm96 - 25 mm to 915 mm
Available in 5 mm increments.Total slide travel fromretract position 1 toextend position 3.
SLIDESIZE
DESCRIPTIONDC Inductive Proximity Switch8 mm Threaded Current Sinking (NPN)DC Inductive Proximity Switch8 mm Threaded Current Sourcing (PNP)
MODEL NUMBER
51422-005-02
51422-006-02
INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES
E 3
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: SL38 DATE: 5-2-14 PRODUCT TYPE: SLIDES
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES SJP
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:Advise affected customers of this discontinuation
Discontinuing Series SJP Slides
PHD is discontinuing the Series SJP Slides. These slides have been available on a ML basis for several years.
Complete units and replacement parts are available until depleted from current inventory after which no additional parts will be manufactured.
Replacement seals will still be available if the seals are used commonly with other product lines. Any seals unique to the SJP will be subject to availability and inventory depletion.
Customers looking for replacements can refer to the Series SHP and SIP slides for similarly configured units as they offer newer technology in more robust and cost effective packages.
For additional assistance or to check available inventory, please contact PHD Customer Service.
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: G20 DATE: 5-2-14 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERS
MODEL OR SERIES: 8400 PARALLEL
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 1
REQUIRED ACTION:
Discontinuing Series 8400 Parallel Grippers
PHD is discontinuing the original Series 8400 "baseball diamond" style parallel gripper. This does not include the current Series 8400 Angular Grippers which are still available. The 8400 Parallel Grippers have been available on a ML basis for several years.
Complete units and replacement parts are available until depleted from current inventory after which no additional parts will be manufactured.
Replacement seals will still be available if the seals are used commonly with other product lines. Any seals unique to the 8400 will be subject to availability and inventory depletion.
Customers looking for replacements can refer to the Series GRH, GRL, GRK grippers for similarly configured units as they offer newer technology in more robust and cost effective packages.
For additional assistance or to check available inventory, please contact PHD Customer Service.
Advise affected customers of this discontinuation
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: G21 DATE: 12-9-14 PRODUCT TYPE: GRIPPERS
MODEL OR SERIES: Series EGP Gripper
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PAGE 1 OF 1
REQUIRED ACTION:
Discontinuing Series EGP Electromechanical Gripper
PHD is discontinuing the Series EGP Electromechanical Gripper effective immediately due to low demand.
Complete units and replacement parts are available until depleted from current inventory, after which no additional parts will be manufactured.
For additional assistance or to check available inventory, please contact PHD Customer Service.
Advise affected customers of this discontinuation
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC10 DATE: 1-12-15 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC Cylinder
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: Series BCS Stretch Rod Cylinder
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
New Molded Seal for -X27 Option
PHD part number 85662 (Rev B) is a seal used in the –X27 option on the Series BCS Stretch Rod Cylinders.
PHD switched from a machined seal to a molded seal. The color of the material has changed from black to yellow. The molded seal provides more consistency.
PHD has lab and field-tested the new molded seal with results showing the same superior performance as the previous seal.
PHD recommends that distributors with Series BCS Stretch Rod Cylinder customers should inform them of this change.
NEW YELLOWQUICK EXHAUSTSEAL
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW25 DATE: 7-11-16 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: SWitch BracKet #5142-xx-x
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:
Discontinuing Series 5142 Switch Brackets
Please contact affected accounts and confirm their interest in purchasing. Orders will be accepted until October 1, 2016. After this date, all remaining inventory will be purged. For additional assistance or to check availability, please contact PHD Customer Service.
PAGE 1 OF 1
Bracket Part Number Quantity Available
5142-31-0 0
5142-31-1 0
5142-31-3 7
5142-32-1 0
5142-33-0 6
5142-33-1 4
5142-33-3 0
5142-34-0 10
5142-34-1 9
5142-34-3 0
5142-35-0 0
5142-35-1 0
5142-35-3 4
5142-36-0 8
5142-36-1 0
5142-36-3 2
5142-37-0 29
5142-37-1 0
5142-37-3 10
5142-38-0 6
5142-38-1 0
5142-38-3 4
5142-39-0 0
5142-39-1 0
5142-39-3 3
5142-40-0 0
5142-40-1 0
5142-40-3 7
5142-41-0 0
5142-41-1 0
5142-41-3 0
PHD is no longer manufacturing 5142 switch brackets sold for use on Classic Series 1590 Switches effective 8/1/16. This decision is based on low demand of these brackets which are used solely with old design legacy/obsolete switches.
Replacement switches for these brackets are still available. However, for those customers requiring both a replacement switch and obsoleted bracket, PHD recommends transitioning to the Series 1750 Switch. Please contact customer service for more information.
The chart specifies the obsoleted bracket part numbers that are available until inventory is depleted.
PHD is providing a first come, first serve offering on all remaining inventory. Following this notification, PHD will send each applicable distributor a list of customers who have purchased these switch brackets during the last two years.
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
REQUIRED ACTION:
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC11 DATE: 7-11-16 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC Cylinder
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: Series FCA Filler Cylinder
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
Discontinuing Series FCA Filler Cylinder
PHD is discontinuing the Series FCA Filler Cylinder effective 8/1/16 due to low demand. Replacing the Series FCA is the Series FCB Filler Cylinder, a drop-in replacement for use with MAC bullet valves as well as the OEM valve and the MAC OEM replacement valve. PHD will continue to support Series FCA field unit repairs indefinitely. For more information on the Series FCB Filler Cylinder, visit http://litstore.phdinc.com/pdf.asp?filename=CPFCB.pdf.
Discontinued Series FCA Filler Cylinder New Series FCB Filler Cylinder
Please advise affected customers of this discontinuation.
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: SW26 DATE: 7-19-17 PRODUCT TYPE: SWitcheS and SenSorS
MODEL OR SERIES: #15561-xxx
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:
Discontinuing Series 15561-xxx 12 mm Threaded DC Inductive Proximity Switch
None.
PAGE 1 OF 1
12 mm THREADED
PHD PART NO. BALLUFF PART NO. CABLE LENGTH TYPEDIMENSIONS
A mm B mm C mm D mm
15561-001 BES-516-329-BO-C3 3M DC SINK (NPN) 60 M12 x 1 17 40.5
15561-002 BES-516-325-BO-C3 3M DC SOURCE (PNP) 60 M12 x 1 17 40.5
15561-003 BES-516-207-BO-E3 3M AC 60 M12 x 1 17 40.5
PHD is no longer offering the Series 15561-xxx Threaded DC Inductive Proximity Switch. Similar switches are readily available from Balluff and many other suppliers. The chart below shows the switch dimensions.
If the application is unknown, replacement switches should have a body length no greater than 60 mm and a minimum M12 x 1 thread length of 40.5 mm. Fully threaded switch bodies within the length limits will also work. Many applications will be able to use longer body switches and even quick connects, but these must be reviewed on an individual basis since we cannot know what other components might be in the way in these applications.
The discontinued switch has a cable length of three meters. Many replacement switches will offer 2 or 5 meter cable lengths. Be sure to have sufficient length for the application.
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
BULLETIN NUMBER: CL2 DATE: 7-19-17 PRODUCT TYPE: CLAMPS
MODEL OR SERIES: SERIES PLK DESIGN 2 AND 6
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
REQUIRED ACTION:Please contact affected accounts and notify them that the design has been updated with a drop-in replacement that offers additional pin style and diameters than the previous design. Make sure your internal purchasing/order placement staff are aware of this change.
PAGE 1 OF 1
PLK DESIGN 2 (6) FEATURES
• 2 Strokes (5 mm & 10 mm)• Imperial (2) or Metric (6) Ports• Pin Diameters 12.00 thru 30.00
(+.00/-.02 mm tolerance)• 3 Pin Styles (B, C & N)• Standard Flange Mount Height (110 mm
to 140 mm in 0.5 mm increments)• 4 Standard Finger Directions (easily
changed in the field)• Standard Single Finger and Dual Finger• Port Position 1 through 4 available
with all positional sensing options• Port Fittings (-LAA & LBB)• Cylinder sensor flag and rod options
(-R01 & R02)• Cylinder Switch Options
(SW00, 41, 42, 51 & 52)• Rear Mounting Options (-B01 thru -B06)• Lock Setting (-MT00 thru -MT40)
Additional Benefits• Completely enclosed design• NAAMS mounting• Interchangeable pin sizes, styles
and heights• Positional sensing available• Self-locking threads throughout
NEW!PART SUPPORT FLANGE
35°
2X
ØØ
N STYLE PIN C STYLE PINB STYLE PIN
(RADIUS)(RADIUS)
(PIN Ø)
(STROKE)
DROP-IN FORDESIGN 1(5)
NEW PIN STYLE NEW PIN STYLE
(35°)
1.185[30.1]1.227
[31.2]
1.181[30.0]
1.319[33.5]
1.240[31.5]
0.731[18.6]
2.246[57.0]
0.471[12.0]
0.949[24.1] 0.669
[17.0]0.755[19.2]
1.122[28.5]
PIN Ø = PIN Ø SPECIFIED = +0.00 / -0.02 mm (+0.0000 / -0.0008 in)PIN Ø AVAILABLE FROM 12.00 mm TO 30.00 mmALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED.
PHD Series PLK Pin Locating Clamps have been updated. This new drop-in replacement offers more pin styles and pin diameters, providing the flexibility to meet application requirements in a standard package.
The final day to order old design (1/5) units as standard is 8/14/2017. After this date the old design will be processed and priced as an ML unit.
New Series PLK Design Replaces Design 1 and 5
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC12 DATE: 9-26-17 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC TRANSFER ARM
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: BST2x2
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
PRODUCTS AFFECTED:BST2S2-5-1 x 90 – (options)BST2D2-5-1 x 90 – (options)
PRODUCTS NOT AFFECTED:BST2S3-5-1 x 90 – (options)BST2D3-5-1 x 90 – (options)
BACKGROUND:Design modifications have been added to the current Series2 Sidel Transfer Arm. A change was made to add a 2x2 linear cam bearing which will change from one-piece cam follower to bearing + thru-shaft + washers + locking nut design as shown below. We recommend replacing the existing units in the field if the cam bearing wheel assembly shown in the picture below (left) has started to become loose or unstable.
REQUIRED ACTION:Please notify affected customers that have the old design.
BST2x2-5 Cam Bearing Wheel Replacement
FILE IN YOUR PHD TECHNICAL DATA BINDER
TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN NUMBER: PPC13 DATE: 11-1-17 PRODUCT TYPE: PPC nozzle Cylinder
PAGE 1 OF 1 MODEL OR SERIES: BCz2S-7 & BCz2d-7
PHD, Inc. • 9009 Clubridge Drive, P.O. Box 9070, Fort Wayne, IN 46899 U.S.A. • Phone (260) 747-6151 • Fax (260) 747-6754
ProdUCTS AFFeCTed:BCZ2S-7-80 x 45 – (options)BCZ2D-7-80 x 43 – (options)75827 KIT; BCZ2S7 REPAIR75104-02 KIT; BCZ2D, REPAIR, DBL. STAGE76249 KIT; BCZ2X, CAP REPAIR76676 KIT; BCZ, REPAIR, ROD SEAL
BACKGroUnd:In March 2017 PHD released Design 8 of the BCZ2 Sidel Series2 Nozzle Cylinder. This new design is a drop-in replacement for the Design 7 nozzle. The Design 7 nozzle and associated rebuild kits are now discontinued. Design 7 units in the field can be rebuilt with Design 8 kits. All Design 7 units sent in for the Rebuild Program will be rebuilt as Design 8.
reQUired ACTion:Please notify affected customers that have the old design.
discontinuing design 7 of BCz2 Sidel Series2 nozzle Cylinders and Kits